KLA Annual Report 2017 | Quarterlytics

FY2017 Annual Report · KLA

Loading PDF…

To our stockholders:

LETTER TO STOCKHOLDERS

KLA‐Tencor delivered strong operating and financial performance in fiscal year 2017.

Total revenues in the fiscal year were $3.5 billion, net income was $926 million, and diluted earnings per
share was $5.88, all record results for the Company. We ended the period with over $1.8 billion in
backlog, an all‐time‐high.

We generated $1.1 billion in operating cash flow, and ended the year with just over $3.0 billion in cash,
cash equivalents and marketable securities. In keeping with our ongoing commitment to reward our
long‐term stockholders, we returned $344 million to stockholders through our cash dividend program
in fiscal year 2017, which included the effect of a 4% increase in our regular quarterly cash dividend level
from $0.52 per share to $0.54 per share, announced in October 2016. Additionally, we sustained our
market leadership and strong pace of innovation by maintaining a high level of investment in research
and development to ensure our continued ability to create advanced next‐generation technology that
meets the highly complex requirements of our customers.

These strong results for fiscal year 2017 demonstrate KLA‐Tencor’s market leadership and the mission‐
critical role process control plays in enabling innovation and growth in the semiconductor industry.

As always, our success in fiscal year 2017 was built upon the framework of our four strategic
objectives—Customer Success, Innovation, Productivity, and Talent —the guiding principles which
direct our decision making as we execute our long‐term growth strategies.

Customer Success: Measured by Market Share

The driving forces behind our Customer Success strategies are effective collaboration with our
customers and successful execution of our product development roadmaps. Our focus on innovation
and helping our customers solve their most complex yield challenges in semiconductor manufacturing
has enabled us to grow our market leadership in the year. This demonstrates our customer focus and
the critical role KLA‐Tencor plays in helping our customers address the higher cost and complexity
associated with competing in today’s marketplace.

Innovation: To Drive Differentiation

Driven by our innovation mindset, and working in close collaboration with our customers, we continue
to deliver a steady stream of new and enabling technologies to the market, adding to and
strengthening a portfolio of differentiated products that solve our customers’ most complex yield
issues.

Productivity: Enabling Customers to Achieve Their Productivity Goals While
Achieving Ours

The commitment to operational excellence is at the core of KLA‐Tencor’s productivity strategies. We
focus on achieving our business goals while maximizing operating efficiencies and delivering growing
profits and cash flows.

In fiscal year 2017, we once again performed among the top tier in key financial metrics compared with
other companies in our industry peer group, and delivered record margins and profitability. Our
business model enables us to continue to drive strong stockholder value.

Talent: Attract, Develop and Inspire the K‐T Workforce

Our talent initiatives center on attracting, developing and inspiring our global workforce. We seek to
hire top talent, recruiting world class experienced candidates, as well as high‐caliber graduates from
top‐tier universities across the world, with a variety of backgrounds, characteristics and perspectives
that allow us to leverage the talents and experiences of a diverse and global workforce. We also enable
employee career development opportunities through multi‐faceted and broad‐based programs,
including making available vertical and horizontal career opportunities within the company. This
program not only engages employees by offering opportunities to periodically take on new roles and
learning experiences, but also empowers KLA‐Tencor with a workforce enriched by a breadth of
experience across multiple areas within the business. We believe this program also enhances employee
knowledge and job satisfaction, while enabling closer collaboration with peers across the various
functional groups in the company. We also offer extensive continuing education benefits and
advanced‐degree tuition reimbursement programs.

As we embark on the new fiscal year, KLA‐Tencor is well‐positioned to enable our customers to
navigate the challenges they will face as our industry progresses. I am confident that KLA‐Tencor’s
continuing commitment to advanced technology research and development, as well as our focus on
partnering with our customers to help solve their critical yield management challenges, will enable us to
maintain our market and technology leadership positions and continue to deliver superior stockholder
value.

Thank you for your ongoing support of KLA‐Tencor.

Sincerely,

Richard P. Wallace
President and Chief Executive Officer

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

(Mark One)

FORM 10-K



ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2017



TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period from to

Commission File Number 000-09992
KLA-TENCOR CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

Delaware

04-2564110

One Technology Drive, Milpitas, California

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

95035

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (408) 875-3000
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  No 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based upon the closing price of the registrant’s

stock, as of December 31, 2016, was approximately $11.05 billion.

The registrant had 156,840,420 shares of common stock outstanding as of July 14, 2017.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (“Proxy Statement”), and to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days

after the registrant’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements ..................................................................................................

INDEX

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

1
Business .........................................................................................................................................................................
Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Unresolved Staff Comments .......................................................................................................................................... 35
Properties ....................................................................................................................................................................... 36
Legal Proceedings .......................................................................................................................................................... 37
Mine Safety Disclosures ................................................................................................................................................ 37

PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.

Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ..... 38
Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................................................. 40
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ......................................... 41
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ....................................................................................... 63
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .............................................................................................................. 64
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 ......................................................................... 65
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ..................... 66
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 . 67
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ..... 68
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 .................... 69
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................................................... 70
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ....................................................................................... 113
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ......................................... 114
Controls and Procedures ................................................................................................................................................ 114
Other Information .......................................................................................................................................................... 115

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ............................................................................................. 116
Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................................... 116
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ....................... 116
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................................... 116
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ........................................................................................................................ 116

PART IV

Item 15.

Item 16.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ....................................................................................................................... 117
Signatures ...................................................................................................................................................................... 118
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ............................................................................................................ 120
Exhibit Index ................................................................................................................................................................. 121
Form 10-K Summary ..................................................................................................................................................... 122

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All statements other than statements of historical fact may be
forward-looking statements. You can identify these and other forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,”
“will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “relies,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,”
“intends,” “potential,” “continue,” “thinks,” “seeks,” or the negative of such terms, or other comparable terminology.
Forward-looking statements also include the assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing statements. Such
forward-looking statements include, among others, forecasts of the future results of our operations, including profitability;
orders for our products and capital equipment generally; sales of semiconductors; the investments by our customers in
advanced technologies and new materials; the allocation of capital spending by our customers (and, in particular, the
percentage of spending that our customers allocate to process control); growth of revenue in the semiconductor industry, the
semiconductor capital equipment industry and our business; technological trends in the semiconductor industry; future
developments or trends in the global capital and financial markets; our future product offerings and product features; the
success and market acceptance of new products; timing of shipment of backlog; our future product shipments and product
and service revenues; our future gross margins; our future research and development expenses and selling, general and
administrative expenses; our ability to successfully maintain cost discipline; international sales and operations; our ability
to maintain or improve our existing competitive position; success of our product offerings; creation and funding of programs
for research and development; attraction and retention of employees; results of our investment in leading edge technologies;
the effects of hedging transactions; the effect of the sale of trade receivables and promissory notes from customers; our future
effective income tax rate; our recognition of tax benefits; future payments of dividends to our stockholders; the completion
of any acquisitions of third parties, or the technology or assets thereof; benefits received from any acquisitions and
development of acquired technologies; sufficiency of our existing cash balance, investments, cash generated from operations
and unfunded revolving line of credit under a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) to meet our operating and working
capital requirements, including debt service and payment thereof; future dividends, and stock repurchases; our compliance
with the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement; the expected timing of the completion of our global employee
workforce reduction; the additional charges that we may incur in connection with our global employee workforce reduction;
the expected cost savings that we expect to recognize as a result of such workforce reduction; the adoption of new accounting
pronouncements; and our repayment of our outstanding indebtedness.

Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements in this report. Factors
that might cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors”
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in Item 1, “Business” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report. You should carefully review these risks and also review the
risks described in other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q that we will file in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2018. You are cautioned not to place
undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, and we expressly assume no obligation and do not intend to update the
forward-looking statements in this report after the date hereof.

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

The Company

PART I

KLA-Tencor Corporation (“KLA-Tencor” or the “Company” and also referred to as “we” or “our”) is a leading supplier
of process control and yield management solutions for the semiconductor and related nanoelectronics industries. Our products
are also used in a number of other high technology industries, including the advanced packaging, light emitting diode
(“LED”), power devices, compound semiconductor, and data storage industries, as well as general materials research.

Within our primary area of focus, our comprehensive portfolio of inspection and metrology products, and related
service, software and other offerings, helps integrated circuit (“IC” or “chip”) manufacturers manage yield throughout the
entire semiconductor fabrication process—from research and development (“R&D”) to final volume production. These
products and offerings are designed to provide comprehensive solutions to help our customers to accelerate their development
and production ramp cycles, to achieve higher and more stable semiconductor die yields, and to improve their overall
profitability.

KLA-Tencor’s products and services are used by the vast majority of bare wafer, IC, lithography reticle (“reticle” or
“mask”) and disk manufacturers around the world. These customers turn to us for inline wafer and IC defect monitoring,
review and classification; reticle defect inspection and metrology; packaging and interconnect inspection; critical dimension
(“CD”) metrology; pattern overlay metrology; film thickness, surface topography and composition measurements;
measurement of in-chamber process conditions, wafer shape and stress metrology; computational lithography tools; and
overall yield and fab-wide data management and analysis systems. Our advanced products, coupled with our unique yield
management services, allow us to deliver the solutions our customers need to accelerate their yield learning rates and
significantly reduce their risks and costs.

Certain industry and technical terms used in this section are defined in the subsection entitled “Glossary” found at the

end of this Item 1.

KLA-Tencor was formed in April 1997 through the merger of KLA Instruments Corporation and Tencor Instruments,
two long-time leaders in the semiconductor equipment industry that originally began operations in 1975 and 1976,
respectively.

Additional information about KLA-Tencor is available on our website at www.kla-tencor.com. Our Annual Report on
Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge
on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with or furnish them to the Securities and
Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Information contained on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or
our other filings with the SEC. Additionally, these filings may be obtained through the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov), which
contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically.
Documents that are not available through the SEC’s website may also be obtained by mailing a request to the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA/PA Operations, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549-2736, by submitting
an online request to the SEC at www.sec.gov or by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330.

Investors and others should note that we announce material financial information to our investors using our investor
relations web site (ir.kla-tencor.com), SEC filings, press releases, public conference calls and webcasts. We use these
channels as well as social media to communicate with the public about our company, our products and services and other
matters. It is possible that the information we post on social media could be deemed to be material information. Therefore,
we encourage investors, the media, and others interested in our company to review the information we post on the social
media channels listed on our investor relations web site.

Terminated Merger with Lam Research

On October 20, 2015, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”
or “Merger”) with Lam Research Corporation (“Lam Research”) which was subject to regulatory approvals. On October 5,
2016, we mutually agreed to terminate the Merger Agreement and no termination fees were payable by either party in
connection with the termination.

Industry

General Background

KLA-Tencor’s core focus is the semiconductor industry. The semiconductor fabrication process begins with a bare
silicon wafer—a round disk that is typically 150 millimeters, 200 millimeters or 300 millimeters in diameter, about as thick
as a credit card and gray in color. The process of manufacturing wafers is in itself highly sophisticated, involving the creation
of large ingots of silicon by pulling them out of a vat of molten silicon. The ingots are then sliced into wafers. Prime silicon
wafers are then polished to a mirror finish. Other, more specialized wafers, such as epitaxial silicon (“epi”), silicon-on-
insulator (“SOI”), gallium nitride (“GaN”) and silicon carbide (“SiC”), are also common in the semiconductor industry.

The manufacturing cycle of an IC is grouped into three phases: design, fabrication and testing. IC design involves the
architectural layout of the circuit, as well as design verification and reticle generation. The fabrication of a chip is
accomplished by depositing a series of film layers that act as conductors, semiconductors or insulators on bare wafers. The
deposition of these film layers is interspersed with numerous other process steps that create circuit patterns, remove portions
of the film layers, and perform other functions such as heat treatment, measurement and inspection. Most advanced chip
designs require hundreds of individual steps, many of which are performed multiple times. Most chips consist of two main
structures: the lower structure, typically consisting of transistors or capacitors which perform the “smart” functions of the
chip; and the upper “interconnect” structure, typically consisting of circuitry which connects the components in the lower
structure. When all of the layers on the wafer have been fabricated, each chip on the wafer is tested for functionality. The
wafer is then cut into individual chips, and those chips that passed functional testing are packaged. Final testing is performed
on all packaged chips.

Current Trends

The semiconductor equipment industry is currently experiencing growth from multiple drivers, such as demand for
chips providing computation power and connectivity for Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) applications and support for mobile
devices at the leading edge of foundry chip manufacturing. Qualification of early EUV lithography processes and equipment
is driving growth at leading logic/foundry and dynamic random-access memory (“DRAM”) manufacturers. Expansion of the
Internet of Things (“IoT”) together with increasing acceptance of advanced driver assistance systems (“ADAS”) in
anticipation of the introduction of autonomous cars have begun to accelerate legacy-node technology conversions and
capacity expansions. Intertwined in these areas, spurred by data storage and connectivity needs, is the growth in demand for
memory chips. Finally, China is emerging as a major region for manufacturing of logic and memory chips, adding to its role
as the world’s largest consumer of ICs. Government initiatives are propelling China to expand its domestic manufacturing
capacity and attracting semiconductor manufacturers from Taiwan, Korea, Japan and the US. China is currently seen as an
important long-term growth region for the semiconductor capital equipment sector.

Supporting this multi-segmented market growth, the semiconductor industry continues to introduce numerous
technology changes. New techniques and architectures in production today include three-dimensional finFET transistors,
three-dimensional flash memory (“3D NAND”); design technology co-optimization (“DTCO”); advanced patterning
lithography, including self-aligned multiple patterning and extreme ultraviolet (“EUV”) lithography; and advanced wafer-
level packaging. KLA-Tencor’s inspection and measurement technologies play key roles in enabling our customers to develop
and manufacture advanced semiconductor devices to support these trends.

Companies that anticipate future market demands by developing and refining new technologies and manufacturing
processes are better positioned to lead in the semiconductor market. Accelerating the yield ramp and maximizing production
2

yields of high-performance devices are key goals of modern semiconductor manufacturing. Ramping to high-volume
production ahead of competitors can dramatically increase the revenue an IC manufacturer realizes for a given product.
During past industry cycles, semiconductor manufacturers generally contended with a few key new technologies or market
trends, such as a specific design rule shrink. In today’s market, driven by consumer demand for low-cost electronic goods,
the leading semiconductor manufacturers are investing in simultaneous production integration of multiple new process
technologies, some requiring new substrate and film materials, new geometries, advanced multiple-patterning and EUV
lithography and advanced packaging techniques. While many of these technologies have been adopted at the development
and pilot production stages of chip manufacturing, significant challenges and risks associated with each technology have
affected the adoption of these technologies into full-volume production. For example, as design rules decrease, yields become
more sensitive to the size and density of defects, and device performance characteristics (namely speed, capacity or power
management) become more sensitive to parameters such as line width and film thickness variation. New process materials,
such as EUV lithography-capable photoresists, require extensive characterization before they can be used in the
manufacturing process. Moving several of these advanced technologies into production at once only adds to the risks that
chipmakers face.

The continuing evolution of semiconductor devices to smaller geometries and more complex multi-level circuitry has
significantly increased the performance and cost requirements of the capital equipment used to manufacture these devices.
Construction of an advanced wafer fabrication facility today can cost over $5.00 billion, substantially more than previous-
generation facilities. In addition, chipmakers are demanding increased productivity and higher returns from their
manufacturing equipment and are also seeking ways to extend the performance of their existing equipment.

By developing new process control and yield management tools that help chipmakers accelerate the adoption of these
new technologies into volume production, we enable our customers to better leverage these increasingly expensive facilities
and improve their return on investment (“ROI”). Once customers’ production lines are operating at high volume, our tools
help ensure that yields are stable and process excursions are identified for quick resolution. In addition, the move to each new
generation’s smaller design rules, coupled with new materials and device innovation, has increased in-process variability,
which requires an increase in inspection and metrology sampling.

KLA-Tencor systems not only analyze defectivity and metrology issues at critical points in the wafer, reticle and IC
manufacturing processes, but also provide information to our customers so that they can identify and address the underlying
process problems. The ability to locate the source of defects and resolve the underlying process issues enables our customers
to improve control over their manufacturing processes. This helps them increase their yield of high-performance parts and
deliver their products to market faster—thus maximizing their profits. With our broad portfolio of application-focused
technologies and our dedicated yield technology expertise, we are in position to be a key supplier of comprehensive yield
management solutions for customers’ next-generation products, helping our customers respond to the challenges posed by
shrinking device sizes, the transition to new production materials, new device and circuit architectures, more demanding
lithography processes, and new back-end packaging techniques.

Products

KLA-Tencor is engaged primarily in the design, manufacture and marketing of process control and yield management
solutions for the semiconductor and related nanoelectronics industries and provides a comprehensive portfolio of inspection
and metrology products, and related service, software and other offerings.

KLA-Tencor’s inspection and metrology products and related offerings can be broadly categorized as supporting
customers in the following groups: Chip Manufacturing; Wafer Manufacturing; Reticle Manufacturing; Advanced Packaging;
LED, Power Device, Compound Semiconductor Manufacturing and Microelectromechanical Systems (“MEMS”)
Manufacturing; Data Storage Media/Head Manufacturing; and General Purpose/Lab Applications. The more significant of
these products are included in the product table at the end of this “Products” section.

For customers manufacturing legacy design-rule devices, our K-T Pro division provides refurbished KLA-Tencor tools
as part of our K-T Certified program; remanufactured trailing edge systems; and enhancements and upgrades for last-
generation KLA-Tencor tools.

Chip Manufacturing

KLA-Tencor’s comprehensive portfolio of inspection and metrology products, and related service, software and other
offerings, helps chip manufacturers manage yield throughout the entire semiconductor fabrication process—from research
and development to final volume production. These products and offerings are designed to provide comprehensive solutions
to help our customers to accelerate their development and production ramp cycles, to achieve higher and more stable
semiconductor die yields, and to improve their overall profitability.

Front-End Defect Inspection

KLA-Tencor’s front-end defect inspection tools cover a broad range of yield applications within the IC manufacturing
environment, including: research and development; incoming wafer qualification; reticle qualification; and tool, process and
line monitoring. Patterned and unpatterned wafer inspectors find particles, pattern defects and electrical issues on the front
surface, back surface and edge of the wafer, allowing engineers to detect and monitor critical yield excursions. Fabs rely on
our high sensitivity reticle inspection systems to identify defects on reticles at an early stage and to prevent reticle defects
from printing on production wafers. The defect data generated by our inspectors is compiled and reduced to relevant root-
cause and yield-analysis information with our suite of data management tools. By implementing our front-end defect
inspection and analysis systems, chipmakers are able to take quick corrective action, resulting in faster yield improvement
and better time to market.

In August 2016, we launched the Teron SL655 reticle inspection system, which enables IC manufacturers to assess
incoming reticle quality, monitor reticle degradation and detect yield-critical reticle defects. The Teron SL655 introduces
new STARlightGold technology, which provides a golden reference to maximize detection of defects critical to the mask
requalification process.

The launch of the Teron SL655 further strengthened our broad range of offerings that support the front-end defect
inspection market. In the field of patterned wafer inspection, we offer our 3900 Series (for high resolution broadband plasma
defect inspection); our 2930 Series and 2920 Series (for broadband plasma defect inspection); our Puma 9980 Series, Puma
9850 Series and Puma 9650 Series (for laser scanning defect inspection); our 8 Series systems (for high productivity defect
inspection); and our CIRCL cluster tool (for defect inspection, review and metrology of all wafer surfaces - front side, edge
and back side). In the field of unpatterned wafer and surface inspection, we offer the Surfscan SP5 Series and Surfscan SP3
Series (wafer defect inspection systems for process tool qualification and monitoring using blanket films and bare wafers);
and the SURFmonitor (integrated on the Surfscan SP5 and Surfscan SP3 Series), which enables surface quality measurements
and capture of low-contrast defects. For reticle inspection, we offer our X5.3 and Teron SL650 Series products, which are
photomask inspection systems that allow IC fabs to qualify incoming reticles and inspect production reticles for contaminants
and other process-related changes. In addition, we offer a number of other products for the front-end defect inspection market,
as reflected in the product table at the conclusion of this “Products” section.

Defect Review

KLA-Tencor’s defect review systems capture high resolution images of the defects detected by inspection tools. These
images enable defect classification, helping chipmakers identify and resolve yield issues. KLA-Tencor’s suite of defect
inspectors, defect review and classification tools and data management systems form a broad solution for finding, identifying
and tracking yield-critical defects and process issues. The eDR7280, an electron-beam wafer defect review and classification
system, utilizes improved imaging and automatic defect classification capability to identify detected defects and produce an
accurate representation of the detected defect population.

Metrology

KLA-Tencor’s array of metrology solutions addresses IC and substrate manufacturing, as well as scientific research
and other applications. Precise metrology and control of pattern dimensions, film thicknesses, layer-to-layer alignment,
pattern placement, surface topography and electro-optical properties are important in many industries as critical dimensions
narrow, film thicknesses shrink to countable numbers of atomic layers and devices become more complex.

Our 5D Patterning Control Solution addresses five elements of patterning process control--the three geometrical
dimensions of device structures, time-to-results and overall equipment efficiency--and supports advanced patterning
technologies through the characterization, optimization and monitoring of fab-wide processes. In February 2017, we launched
several metrology products that are key components in our 5D Patterning Control Solution and help accelerate the ramp of
innovative patterning techniques for advanced design node devices:

Overlay Metrology

To help achieve sub-3nm overlay error for advanced logic and memory devices we introduced the Archer 600
imaging-based overlay metrology system. New optics in combination with innovative ProAIM targets deliver better
resilience to process variations and improved correlation between measurement target and actual device pattern overlay
errors, producing more accurate overlay measurements.

Patterned Wafer Geometry Metrology

The WaferSight PWG2 system was introduced to measure comprehensive wafer stress and shape uniformity data
with significant productivity improvements. The WaferSight PWG2 system enables faster process ramp, overlay
control, lithography focus window control and in-line process monitoring for processes such as thin films, etch, CMP
and rapid thermal processing (“RTP”).

Optical CD and Shape Metrology

The SpectraShape 10K optical-based metrology system was introduced to measure the CDs and three-dimensional
shapes of complex IC device structures following etch, chemical mechanical planarization (CMP) and other process
steps. Several new optical technologies including a new high brightness light source illumination enable accurate
measurements of critical parameters in FinFET and 3D NAND devices.

The products that we launched during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 further strengthened our broad range of
offerings that support the metrology market. The Archer Series of overlay metrology tools enables characterization of overlay
error on lithography process layers for advanced patterning technologies. The SpectraShape family of optical CD and shape
metrology systems characterizes and monitors the critical dimensions and 3D shapes of geometrically complex features
incorporated by some IC manufacturers in their latest generation devices. The SpectraFilm and Aleris families of film
metrology tools provide precise measurement of film thickness, refractive index, stress and composition for a broad range of
film layers. The WaferSight PWG system measures patterned wafer geometry after a wide range of IC processes, helping
identify and monitor variations that can affect patterning. Finally, 5D Analyzer offers advanced, run-time data analysis for a
wide range of metrology system types. In addition, we offer a number of other products for the metrology market, as reflected
in the product table at the conclusion of this “Products” section.

In-Situ Process Monitoring

KLA-Tencor’s SensArray sensor wafers are a portfolio of advanced wireless and wired temperature monitoring wafers
that capture the effect of the process environment on production wafers. These sensor wafers provide insight into thermal
uniformity and profile temperature under real production conditions. In February 2017 we introduced the SensArray
HighTemp 4mm wireless wafer, which provides temporal and spatial temperature information for advanced films processes.
With a thinner wafer profile than its predecessor, the SensArray HighTemp 4mm is compatible with a wider range of process
tool types, including track, strip and physical vapor deposition (“PVD”) systems. SensArray products are used in many
semiconductor and flat panel display fabrication processes, including lithography, etch and deposition.

Lithography Software

KLA-Tencor’s PROLITH product line provides researchers at advanced IC manufacturers, lithography hardware
suppliers, track companies and material providers with virtual lithography software to explore critical-feature designs,
manufacturability and process-limited yield of proposed lithographic technologies without the time and expense of printing
hundreds of test wafers using experimental materials and prototype process equipment. Our ProDATA process window
analysis software tool provides analysis of experimental data, including CD, roughness, sidewall angle, top loss and pattern
collapse.

In December 2016 we introduced PROLITH X6.0, which includes new modeling features and productivity
improvements to support key lithography segments such as EUV, 193nm immersion, multiple patterning and thick resist
lithography for 3D interconnects and MEMS manufacturing.

Wafer Manufacturing

KLA-Tencor’s portfolio of products focused on the demands of wafer manufacturers includes inspection, metrology
and data management systems. Specialized inspection tools assess surface quality and detect, count and bin defects during
the wafer manufacturing process and as a critical part of outgoing inspection. Wafer geometry tools ensure that the wafer is
extremely flat and uniform in thickness, with precisely controlled surface topography. Specifications for wafer defectivity,
geometry and surface quality are tightening as the dimensions of transistors become so small that the geometry of the substrate
can substantially affect transistor performance.

Our unpatterned wafer inspection portfolio is comprised of the Surfscan SP5, the Surfscan SP5XPand the Surfscan SP3
Series. These unpatterned wafer inspection systems are designed to enable development and production monitoring of
polished wafers, epi wafers and engineered substrates. The integrated SURFmonitor module characterizes wafer surface
quality and captures low-contrast defects. The WaferSight Series offers bare wafer geometry and nanotopography metrology
capabilities. FabVision offers fab-wide data management and automated yield analysis for wafer manufacturers.

Reticle Manufacturing

Error-free reticles, or masks, are necessary to achieving high semiconductor device yields, since reticle defects can be
replicated in every die on production wafers. KLA-Tencor offers high sensitivity reticle inspection and metrology systems
for mask shops, designed to help them manufacture reticles that are free of pattern defects that could print on the wafers and
meet pattern placement and critical dimension uniformity specifications. In August 2016 we launched the Teron 640 and
RDC systems to support the ability of leading-edge mask shops to accurately qualify advanced optical masks. The Teron 640
inspection system utilizes 193nm illumination with Dual Imaging mode to provide the sensitivity required for high-
performance reticle quality control. RDC is a comprehensive data analysis and storage platform that supports multiple KLA-
Tencor reticle inspection and metrology platforms for mask shops and IC fabs.

Our reticle inspection portfolio includes the Teron 600 Series for development and manufacturing of advanced optical
and EUV masks, the TeraScan 500XR system for production of reticles for the 32nm node and above, and our X5.3 and
Teron SL650 Series products for reticle quality control at IC fabs. These products include the capability for mapping critical
dimension uniformity across the reticle. In addition, we offer the LMS IPRO line of reticle metrology systems for measuring
pattern placement error, including the LMS IPRO6, which measures on-device pattern features in addition to standard
registration marks. If the pattern on the reticle is displaced from its intended location, overlay error can result on the wafer,
which can lead to electrical continuity issues affecting yield, performance or reliability of the IC device.

Advanced Packaging

KLA-Tencor offers standalone and cluster inspection and metrology systems for various applications in the field of
advanced semiconductor packaging (i.e., at the middle and back-end of the semiconductor manufacturing process). Our
CIRCL-AP all-surface and 89xx-AP front side wafer inspection, metrology and review systems support advanced wafer-level
packaging processes, such as 2.5D/3D IC integration using through silicon vias (“TSVs”), wafer-level chip scale packaging

(“WLCSP”) and fan-out wafer-level packaging (“FOWLP”). Used for packaging applications associated with LEDs, MEMS,
image sensors and flip-chip packaging, our WI-22xx Series products focus on front side wafer inspection and provide
feedback on wafer surface quality, quality of the wafer dicing, or quality of wafer bumps, pads, pillars and interconnects. Our
component inspector products, including the ICOS T830, inspect various semiconductor components that are handled in a
tray, such as microprocessors or memory chips. Component inspection capability includes 3D coplanarity inspection,
measurement of the evenness of the contacts, component height and two-dimensional (“2D”) surface inspection. In March
2017, we introduced the ICOS T3 and T7 Series tools, which provide high performance, fully automated optical inspection
of packaged integrated circuit (IC) components, with either tray (T3) or tape (T7) output capability. Both incorporate the new
SPECTRUM and SIGMA modules, which produce increased 2D and 3D measurement sensitivity for improved detection of
issues that affect final package quality. In June 2017, KLA-Tencor acquired a privately-held company, whose products
include optical surface profilers measuring both wafers and large panels for advanced packaging metrology applications.
These applications include under-bump metallization (“UBM”) height and roughness, copper pillar height and roughness,
and redistribution line (“RDL”) height and width.

LED, Power Device, Compound Semiconductor and MEMS Manufacturing

LEDs are becoming more commonly used in solid-state lighting, television and notebook backlighting, and automotive
applications. As LED device makers target aggressive cost and performance targets, they place significant emphasis on
improved process control and yield during the manufacturing process.

KLA-Tencor offers a portfolio of systems to help LED manufacturers reduce production costs and increase product
output: Candela 8720, WI-2280, 8 Series, MicroXAM Series optical profilers and P-Series and HRP-Series stylus profilers.
The Candela 8720 substrate and epi wafer inspection system provides automated inspection and quality control of LED
substrates, detecting defects that can impact device performance, yield and field reliability. The WI-2280 system is designed
specifically for defect inspection and 2D metrology for LED applications. The 8 Series provides patterned wafer defect
inspection capability for LED manufacturing. The MicroXAM Series optical profilers measure step height, texture and form
for LED applications. The P-Series and HRP-Series stylus profilers are metrology systems for measurement of step heights
and roughness for LED substrates and pattern wafer applications.

Leading power device manufacturers are targeting faster development and ramp times, high product yields and lower
device costs. To achieve these goals, they are implementing solutions for characterizing yield-limiting defects and processes.
Full-surface, high sensitivity defect inspection and profiler metrology systems provide accurate process feedback, enabling
improvements in SiC substrate quality and optimal epitaxial growth yields on both SiC epi and GaN-on-silicon processes.

KLA-Tencor offers inspection and metrology systems to support power device manufacturing. The Candela CS920
inspection system integrates surface defect detection and photoluminescence technology for inspection and defect
classification of a wide range of defects on SiC substrates and epi layers. The MicroXAM Series optical profilers measure
step height, texture and form for power device applications. The P-Series and HRP-Series stylus profilers measure step heights
and roughness for SiC substrates and patterned wafer applications.

Our primary products for compound semiconductor manufacturing include the Candela CS20 inspection system, the
MicroXAM Series optical profilers and the P-Series and HRP-Series stylus profilers, used for the inspection and metrology
of substrates, epi-layers and process films.

In October 2016, we introduced the P-170 stylus profiler with an integrated wafer handler, providing fully automated
measurements to support LED, GaAs and power device manufacturers. In addition, the HRP-260 was introduced in July 2016
as the latest generation of our HRP (High Resolution Profiler) Series focused on providing both high resolution and high-
aspect ratio surface topography profiling to support power device, LED, compound semiconductor and MEMS
manufacturing. In June 2017, KLA-Tencor acquired a privately-held company, whose products include optical surface
profilers serving LED and MEMS applications used to measure the cone height, diameter and pitch of patterned sapphire
substrates for LEDs and serve broad applications for MEMS.

The increasing demand for MEMS technology is coming from diverse industries such as automotive, space and
consumer electronics. MEMS have the potential to transform many product categories by bringing together silicon-based
microelectronics with micromachining technology, making possible the realization of complete systems-on-a-chip. KLA-
Tencor offers tools and techniques for this emerging market, such as defect inspection and review, optical inspection and
surface profiling, which were first developed for the integrated circuit industry. Products that we offer for MEMS
manufacturing are highlighted in the product table at the conclusion of this “Products” section.

Data Storage Media/Head Manufacturing

Advancements in data storage are being driven by a wave of innovative consumer electronics with small form factors
and immense storage capacities, as well as an increasing need for high-volume storage options to back up modern methods
of remote computing and networking (such as cloud computing). Our process control and yield management solutions are
designed to enable customers to rapidly understand and resolve complex manufacturing problems, which can help improve
time to market and product yields. In the front-end and back-end of thin-film head wafer manufacturing, we offer the same
process control equipment that we serve to the semiconductor industry. In addition, we offer an extensive range of test
equipment and surface profilers with particular strength in photolithography. In substrate and media manufacturing, we offer
metrology and defect inspection solutions with KLA-Tencor’s optical surface analyzers. Products that we offer for the data
storage media/head manufacturing market manufacturing are highlighted in the product table at the conclusion of this
“Products” section.

General Purpose/Lab Applications

A range of industries, including general scientific and materials research and optoelectronics, require measurements of
surface topography to either control their processes or research new material characteristics. Typical measurement parameters
that our tools address include flatness, roughness, curvature, peak-to-valley, asperity, waviness, texture, volume, sphericity,
slope, density, stress, bearing ratio and distance (mainly in the micron to nanometer range). The June 2017 acquisition of a
privately-held company added general metrology optical surface profilers to KLA-Tencor’s portfolio. These systems are
complementary to KLA-Tencor’s original stylus and optical profiler product lines. The profiler and in-situ process monitoring
products that we offer for general purpose/lab applications are highlighted in the product table at the conclusion of this
“Products” section.

K-T Pro

K-T Pro includes our K-T Certified fully refurbished, tested and certified systems, in addition to remanufactured legacy
systems, and enhancements and upgrades for previous-generation KLA-Tencor tools. When a customer needs to move to the
next manufacturing node, KLA-Tencor can help maximize the value of the customer’s existing assets.

K-T Services

Our K-T Services program enables our customers in all business sectors to maintain the high performance and
productivity of our products through a flexible portfolio of services. Whether a manufacturing site is producing integrated
circuits, wafers or reticles, K-T Services delivers yield management expertise spanning advanced technology nodes, including
collaboration with customers to determine the best products and services to meet technology requirements and optimize cost
of ownership. Our comprehensive services include service engineers, technical support teams and knowledge management
systems; and an extensive parts network to ensure worldwide availability of parts.

Product Table

MARKETS
Chip Manufacturing

Front-End Defect Inspection

Defect Review

APPLICATIONS

PRODUCTS

Patterned Wafer

High Productivity and All Surface

3900 Series, 2930 Series, 2920 Series,
PumaTM 9980 Series, PumaTM 9850 Series,
PumaTM 9650 Series

CIRCLTM with 8 Series, CV350i, BDR300TM and
Micro300 modules
8 Series

Unpatterned Wafer/Surface

Surfscan® SP3 and Surfscan® SP5 Series

Reticle

Data Management

Electron-beam
Patterning Control

Overlay

Optical CD and Shape

Film Thickness/Index

X5.3™, TeronTM SL650 Series

Klarity® product family

eDR7200TM Series
5D Patterning Control Solution™

ArcherTM Series

SpectraShapeTM product family

SpectraFilmTM product family
AlerisTM product family

Metrology

Wafer Geometry and Topography

WaferSightTM Series

Ion Implant and Anneal

Therma-Probe®

Surface Metrology

Resistivity

Data Management

Lithography

In-Situ Process Monitoring

Plasma Etch

Lithography Software

Implant and Wet

Lithography Simulation

Process Window Analysis

HRP® product family
P-Series product family

RS product family

5D Analyzer®, K-T Analyzer®

SensArray® product family

SensArray® PlasmaSuite

PROLITHTM

ProDATATM

MARKETS AND APPLICATIONS
Wafer Manufacturing

Surface and Defect Inspection

PRODUCTS

Surfscan® SP3 Series and Surfscan® SP5 Series

Wafer Geometry and Nanotopography Metrology
Data Management

WaferSightTM Series
FabVision®

Reticle Manufacturing
Defect Inspection
Pattern Placement Metrology

Advanced Packaging

Wafer-Level Packaging

Component Inspection

TeraScanTM 500XR and TeronTM 600 Series
LMS IPRO Series

CIRCL-APTM
89xx-AP
WI-22x0 Series
ICOS® T830 and ICOS® T3 and T7 Series

LED, Power Device, Compound Semiconductor and
MEMS Manufacturing
Patterned Wafer Inspection

Defect Inspection (substrates and epi wafers)
Surface Metrology

8 Series
WI product family
Candela® product family
P-Series product family
MicroXAM Series
HRP® product family

Data Storage Media/Head Manufacturing

Thin-Film Head Metrology and Inspection

Virtual Lithography

In-Situ Process Monitoring

Aleris product family
CIRCLTM with 8 Series, CV350i, BDR300 and Micro300 modules
8 Series
HRP® product family
P-Series product family
PROLITHTM

SensArray® product family

Transparent and Metal Substrate Inspection

Candela® product family

Data Management

General Purpose/Lab Applications

Surface Metrology: Stylus Profiling

Surface Metrology: Optical Profiling
Process Chamber Conditions

Klarity® Defect
5D Analyzer®, K-T Analyzer®

P-Series product family
Alpha-Step® product family
HRP® product family
MicroXAM Series
SensArray® product family

The product information shown in the tables above excludes some products that were solely offered through our K-T Certified
refurbished tools program.

Customers

To support our growing global customer base, we maintain a significant presence throughout Asia, the United States
and Europe, staffed with local sales and applications engineers, customer and field service engineers and yield management
consultants. We count among our largest customers the leading semiconductor manufacturers in each of these regions.

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the following customers each accounted for more than 10%

of total revenues:

2017

Year ended June 30,
2016

2015

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company Limited

Micron Technology, Inc.

Intel Corporation

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company Limited

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company Limited

Our business depends upon the capital expenditures of semiconductor manufacturers, which in turn is driven by the
current and anticipated market demand for ICs and products utilizing ICs. We do not consider our business to be seasonal in
nature, but it has historically been cyclical with respect to the capital equipment procurement practices of semiconductor
manufacturers, and it is impacted by the investment patterns of such manufacturers in different global markets. Downturns
in the semiconductor industry or slowdowns in the worldwide economy as well as customer consolidation could have a
material adverse effect on our future business and financial results.

Sales, Service and Marketing

Our sales, service and marketing efforts are aimed at building long-term relationships with our customers. We focus on
providing a single and comprehensive resource for the full breadth of process control and yield management products and
services. Our customers benefit from the simplified planning and coordination, as well as the increased equipment
compatibility, which are realized as a result of dealing with a single supplier for multiple products and services. Our revenues
are derived primarily from product sales, mostly through our direct sales force.

We believe that the size and location of our field sales, service and applications engineering, and marketing
organizations represent a competitive advantage in our served markets. We have direct sales forces in Asia, the United States
and Europe. We maintain an export compliance program that is designed to meet the requirements of the United States
Departments of Commerce and State.

As of June 30, 2017, we employed approximately 2,220 full-time sales and related personnel, service engineers and
applications engineers. In addition to sales and service offices in the United States, we conduct sales, marketing and services
out of subsidiaries or branches in other countries, including Belgium, China, Germany, Israel, Japan, Singapore, Korea and
Taiwan. International revenues accounted for approximately 86%, 82% and 71% of our total revenues in the fiscal years
ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Additional information regarding our revenues from foreign operations
for our last three fiscal years can be found in Note 17, “Segment Reporting and Geographic Information” to the consolidated
financial statements.

We believe that sales outside the United States will continue to be a significant percentage of our total revenues. Our
future performance will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to compete successfully in Asia, one of the largest markets
for our equipment. Our ability to compete in this area is dependent upon the continuation of favorable trading relationships
between countries in the region and the United States, and our continuing ability to maintain satisfactory relationships with
leading semiconductor companies in the region.

International sales and operations may be adversely affected by the imposition of governmental controls, restrictions
on export technology, political instability, trade restrictions, changes in tariffs and the difficulties associated with staffing and
managing international operations. In addition, international sales may be adversely affected by the economic conditions in
each country and by fluctuations in currency exchange rates, and such fluctuations may negatively impact our ability to
compete on price with local providers or the value of revenues we generate from our international business. Although we
attempt to manage some of the currency risk inherent in non-U.S. dollar product sales through hedging activities, there can
be no assurance that such efforts will be adequate. These factors, as well as any of the other risk factors related to our
international business and operations that are described in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” could have a material adverse effect on
our future business and financial results.

Backlog

Our shipment backlog for systems and associated warranty totaled $1.46 billion and $1.21 billion as of June 30, 2017
and 2016, respectively, and primarily consists of sales orders where written customer requests have been received and the
delivery is anticipated within the next 12 months. Orders for service contracts and unreleased products are excluded from
shipment backlog. All orders are subject to cancellation or delay by the customer, often with limited or no penalties. We make
adjustments for shipment backlog obtained from acquired companies, sales order cancellations, customer delivery date
changes and currency adjustments. Shipment backlog is not subject to normal accounting controls for information that is
either reported in or derived from our consolidated financial statements. In addition, the concept of shipment backlog is not
defined in the accounting literature, making comparisons between periods and with other companies difficult and potentially
misleading.

Our revenue backlog, which includes the gross value of sales orders where physical deliveries have been completed,
but for which revenue has not been recognized pursuant to our policy for revenue recognition, totaled $328.0 million and
$255.0 million as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Orders for service contracts are excluded from revenue backlog.

Because customers can potentially change delivery schedules or delay or cancel orders, and because some orders are
received and shipped within the same quarter, our shipment backlog at any particular date is not necessarily indicative of
business volumes or actual sales for any succeeding periods. The historical cyclicality of the semiconductor industry
combined with the lead times from our suppliers sometimes result in timing disparities between, on the one hand, our ability
to manufacture, deliver and install products and, on the other, the requirements of our customers. In our efforts to balance the
requirements of our customers with the availability of resources, management of our operating model and other factors, we
often must exercise discretion and judgment as to the timing and prioritization of manufacturing, deliveries and installations
of products, which may impact the timing of revenue recognition with respect to such products.

Research and Development

The market for yield management and process monitoring systems is characterized by rapid technological development
and product innovation. These technical innovations are inherently complex and require long development cycles and
appropriate professional staffing. We believe that continued and timely development of new products and enhancements to
existing products are necessary to maintain our competitive position. Accordingly, we devote a significant portion of our
human and financial resources to research and development programs and seek to maintain close relationships with customers
to remain responsive to their needs. In addition, we may enter into certain strategic development and engineering programs
whereby certain government agencies or other third parties fund a portion of our research and development costs. As of
June 30, 2017, we employed approximately 1,560 full-time research and development personnel.

Our key research and development activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 involved the development of
process control and yield management equipment aimed at addressing the challenges posed by shrinking device sizes, the
transition to new production materials, new device and circuit architecture, more demanding lithography processes and new
back-end packaging techniques. For information regarding our research and development expenses during the last three fiscal
years, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

The strength of our competitive positions in many of our existing markets is largely due to our leading technology,
which is the result of our continuing significant investments in product research and development. Even during down cycles
in the semiconductor industry, we have remained committed to significant engineering efforts toward both product
improvement and new product development in order to enhance our competitive position. New product introductions,
however, may contribute to fluctuations in operating results, since customers may defer ordering existing products, and, if
new products have reliability or quality problems, those problems may result in reduced orders, higher manufacturing costs,
delays in acceptance of and payment for new products, and additional service and warranty expenses. There can be no
assurance that we will successfully develop and manufacture new products, or that new products introduced by us will be
accepted in the marketplace. If we do not successfully introduce new products, our results of operations will be adversely
affected.

Manufacturing, Raw Materials and Supplies

We perform system design, assembly and testing in-house and utilize an outsourcing strategy for the manufacture of
components and major subassemblies. Our in-house manufacturing activities consist primarily of assembling and testing
components and subassemblies that are acquired through third-party vendors and integrating those subassemblies into our
finished products. Our principal manufacturing activities take place in the United States (Milpitas, California), Singapore,
Israel, Germany and China. As of June 30, 2017, we employed approximately 1090 full-time manufacturing personnel.

Some critical parts, components and subassemblies (collectively, “parts”) that we use are designed by us and
manufactured by suppliers in accordance with our specifications, while other parts are standard commercial products. We use
numerous vendors to supply parts and raw materials for the manufacture and support of our products. Although we make
reasonable efforts to ensure that these parts and raw materials are available from multiple suppliers, this is not always possible,
and certain parts and raw materials included in our systems may be obtained only from a single supplier or a limited group
of suppliers. Through our business interruption planning, we endeavor to minimize the risk of production interruption by,
among other things, monitoring the financial condition of suppliers of key parts and raw materials, identifying (but not
necessarily qualifying) possible alternative suppliers of such parts and materials, and ensuring adequate inventories of key
parts and raw materials are available to maintain manufacturing schedules.

Although we seek to reduce our dependence on sole and limited source suppliers, in some cases the partial or complete
loss of certain of these sources, or disruptions within our suppliers’ often-complex supply chains, could disrupt scheduled
deliveries to customers, damage customer relationships and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Competition

The worldwide market for process control and yield management systems is highly competitive. In each of our product
markets, we face competition from established and potential competitors, such as Applied Materials, Inc., ASML Holding
N.V., Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation, Nanometrics, Inc. and Rudolph Technologies, Inc., some of which may have
greater financial, research, engineering, manufacturing and marketing resources than we have. We may also face future
competition from new market entrants from other overseas and domestic sources. We expect our competitors to continue to
improve the design and performance of their current products and processes and to introduce new products and processes
with improved price and performance characteristics. We believe that, to remain competitive, we will require significant
financial resources to offer a broad range of products, to maintain customer service and support centers worldwide, and to
invest in product and process research and development.

We believe that, while price and delivery are important competitive factors, the customers’ overriding requirement is
for systems that easily and effectively incorporate automated and highly accurate inspection and metrology capabilities into
their existing manufacturing processes to enhance productivity. Significant competitive factors in the market for process
control and yield management systems include system performance, ease of use, reliability, interoperability with the existing
installed base and technical service and support, as well as overall cost of ownership.

Management believes that we are well positioned in the market with respect to both our products and services. However,
any loss of competitive position could negatively impact our prices, customer orders, revenues, gross margins and market
share, any of which would negatively impact our operating results and financial condition.

Acquisitions and Alliances

We continuously evaluate strategic acquisitions and alliances to expand our technologies, product offerings and
distribution capabilities. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including management issues and costs in connection with
integration of the operations, technologies and products of the acquired companies, and the potential loss of key employees
of the acquired companies. The inability to manage these risks effectively could negatively impact our operating results and
financial condition.

Patents and Other Proprietary Rights

We protect our proprietary technology through reliance on a variety of intellectual property laws, including patent,
copyright and trade secret. We have filed and obtained a number of patents in the United States and abroad and intend to
continue pursuing the legal protection of our technology through intellectual property laws. In addition, from time to time we
acquire license rights under United States and foreign patents and other proprietary rights of third parties, and we attempt to
protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information through confidentiality and other agreements with our customers,
suppliers, employees and consultants and through other security measures.

Although we consider patents and other intellectual property significant to our business, due to the rapid pace of
innovation within the process control and yield management systems industry, we believe that our protection through patent
and other intellectual property rights is less important than factors such as our technological expertise, continuing
development of new systems, market penetration, installed base and the ability to provide comprehensive support and service
to customers worldwide.

No assurance can be given that patents will be issued on any of our applications, that license assignments will be made
as anticipated, or that our patents, licenses or other proprietary rights will be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. No
assurance can be given that any patents issued to or licensed by us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that
the rights granted thereunder will provide us with a competitive advantage. In addition, there can be no assurance that we
will be able to protect our technology or that competitors will not be able to independently develop similar or functionally
competitive technology.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local governmental laws and regulations related to the protection of the
environment, including without limitation the management of hazardous materials that we use in our business operations.
Compliance with these environmental laws and regulations has not had, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our
capital expenditures, financial condition, results of operations or competitive position.

However, any failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may subject us to a range of consequences,
including fines, suspension of certain of our business activities, limitations on our ability to sell our products, obligations to
remediate environmental contamination, and criminal and civil liabilities or other sanctions. In addition, changes in
environmental laws and regulations could require us to invest in potentially costly pollution control equipment, alter our
manufacturing processes or use substitute materials. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us
to future liabilities.

Employees

As of June 30, 2017, we employed approximately 5,990 full-time employees. Except for our employees in Belgium
(where a trade union delegation has been recognized) and our employees in the German operations of our MIE business unit
(who are represented by employee works council), none of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not
experienced work stoppages and believe that our employee relations are good.

Competition is intense in the recruiting of personnel in the semiconductor and semiconductor equipment industry. We
believe that our future success will depend, in part, on our continued ability to hire and retain qualified management,
marketing and technical employees.

Glossary

This section provides definitions for certain industry and technical terms commonly used in our business, which are

used elsewhere in this Item 1:

back-end

Process steps that make up the second half of the semiconductor manufacturing process, from
contact through completion of the wafer prior to electrical test.

broadband

An illumination source with a wide spectral bandwidth.

critical dimension (CD)

The dimension of a specified geometry (such as the width of a patterned line or the distance
between two lines) that must be within design tolerances in order to maintain semiconductor
device performance consistency.

design rules

Rules that set forth the allowable dimensions of particular features used in the design and
layout of integrated circuits.

design technology co-
optimization (DTCO)

The methodology of optimizing semiconductor design and process simultaneously during
the technology definition phase.

die

The term for a single semiconductor chip on a wafer.

electron-beam

An illumination source comprised of a stream of electrons emitted by a single source.

epitaxial silicon (epi)

A substrate technology based on growing a crystalline silicon layer on top of a silicon wafer.
The added layer, where the structure and orientation are matched to those of the silicon wafer,
includes dopants (impurities) to imbue the substrate with special electronic properties.

excursion

For a manufacturing step or process, a deviation from normal operating conditions that can
lead to decreased performance or yield of the final product.

fab

The main manufacturing facility for processing semiconductor wafers.

front-end

in-situ

interconnect

lithography

The processes that make up the first half of the semiconductor manufacturing process, from
wafer start through final contact window processing.

Refers to processing steps or tests that are done without moving the wafer. Latin for “in
original position.”

A highly conductive material, usually copper or aluminum, which carries electrical signals
to different parts of a die.

A process in which a masked pattern is projected onto a photosensitive coating that covers a
substrate.

mask shop

A manufacturer that produces the reticles used by semiconductor manufacturers.

metrology

The science of measurement to determine dimensions, quantity or capacity. In the
semiconductor industry, typical measurements include critical dimension, overlay and film
thickness.

microelectromechanical
systems (MEMS)

Micron-sized mechanical devices powered by electricity, created using processes similar to
those used to manufacture IC devices.

micron

Moore’s Law

A metric unit of linear measure that equals 1/1,000,000 meter (10-6m), or 10,000 angstroms
(the diameter of a human hair is approximately 75 microns).

An observation made by Gordon Moore in 1965 and revised in 1975 that the number of
transistors on a typical integrated circuit doubles approximately every two years.

nanometer (nm)

One billionth (10-9) of a meter.

patterned

photoresist

For semiconductor manufacturing and industries using similar processing technologies,
refers to substrates that have electronic circuits (transistors, interconnects, etc.) fabricated on
the surface.

A radiation-sensitive material that, when properly applied to a variety of substrates and then
properly exposed and developed, masks portions of the substrate with a high degree of
integrity.

process control

The ability to maintain specifications of products and equipment during manufacturing
operations.

reticle

A very flat glass plate that contains the patterns to be reproduced on a wafer.

silicon-on-insulator (SOI)

A substrate technology comprised of a thin top silicon layer separated from the silicon
substrate by a thin insulating layer of glass or silicon dioxide, used to improve performance
and reduce the power consumption of IC circuits.

substrate

unpatterned

A wafer on which layers of various materials are added during the process of manufacturing
semiconductor devices or circuits.

For semiconductor manufacturing and industries using similar processing technologies,
refers to substrates that do not have electronic circuits (transistors, interconnects, etc.)
fabricated on the surface. These can include bare silicon wafers, other bare substrates or
substrates on which blanket films have been deposited.

yield management

The ability of a semiconductor manufacturer to oversee, manage and control its
manufacturing processes so as to maximize the percentage of manufactured wafers or die
that conform to pre-determined specifications.

__________________
The definitions above are from internal sources, as well as online semiconductor dictionaries such as
https://www.semiconductors.org/faq/glossary/.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

A description of factors that could materially affect our business, financial condition or operating results is provided

below.

Risks Associated with Our Industry

Ongoing changes in the technology industry, as well as the semiconductor industry in particular, could expose our

business to significant risks.

The semiconductor equipment industry and other industries that we serve are constantly developing and changing over
time. Many of the risks associated with operating in these industries are comparable to the risks faced by all technology
companies, such as the uncertainty of future growth rates in the industries that we serve, pricing trends in the end-markets for
consumer electronics and other products (which place a growing emphasis on our customers’ cost of ownership), changes in
our customers’ capital spending patterns and, in general, an environment of constant change and development, including
decreasing product and component dimensions; use of new materials; and increasingly complex device structures,
applications and process steps. If we fail to appropriately adjust our cost structure and operations to adapt to any of these
trends, or, with respect to technological advances, if we do not timely develop new technologies and products that successfully
anticipate and address these changes, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results.

In addition, we face a number of risks specific to ongoing changes in the semiconductor industry, as the significant
majority of our sales are made to semiconductor manufacturers. Some of the trends that our management monitors in
operating our business include the following:

•

the potential for reversal of the long-term historical trend of declining cost per transistor with each new generation
of technological advancement within the semiconductor industry, and the adverse impact that such reversal may
have upon our business;

the increasing cost of building and operating fabrication facilities and the impact of such increases on our customers’
investment decisions;

differing market growth rates and capital requirements for different applications, such as memory, logic and foundry;

lower level of process control adoption by our memory customers compared to our foundry and logic customers;

our customers’ reuse of existing and installed products, which may decrease their need to purchase new products or
solutions at more advanced technology nodes;

the emergence of disruptive technologies that change the prevailing semiconductor manufacturing processes (or the
economics associated with semiconductor manufacturing) and, as a result, also impact the inspection and metrology
requirements associated with such processes;

the higher design costs for the most advanced integrated circuits, which could economically constrain leading-edge
manufacturing technology customers to focus their resources on only the large, technologically advanced products
and applications;

the possible introduction of integrated products by our larger competitors that offer inspection and metrology
functionality in addition to managing other semiconductor manufacturing processes;

•

changes in semiconductor manufacturing processes that are extremely costly for our customers to implement and,
accordingly, our customers could reduce their available budgets for process control equipment by reducing
inspection and metrology sampling rates for certain technologies;

the bifurcation of the semiconductor manufacturing industry into (a) leading edge manufacturers driving continued
research and development into next-generation products and technologies and (b) other manufacturers that are
content with existing (including previous generation) products and technologies;

the ever escalating cost of next-generation product development, which may result in joint development programs
between us and our customers or government entities to help fund such programs that could restrict our control of,
ownership of and profitability from the products and technologies developed through those programs; and

the entry by some semiconductor manufacturers into collaboration or sharing arrangements for capacity, cost or risk
with other manufacturers, as well as increased outsourcing of their manufacturing activities, and greater focus only
on specific markets or applications, whether in response to adverse market conditions or other market pressures.

Any of the changes described above may negatively affect our customers’ rate of investment in the capital equipment
that we produce, which could result in downward pressure on our prices, customer orders, revenues and gross margins. If we
do not successfully manage the risks resulting from any of these or other potential changes in our industries, our business,
financial condition and operating results could be adversely impacted.

We are exposed to risks associated with a highly concentrated customer base.

Our customer base, particularly in the semiconductor industry, historically has been, and is becoming increasingly,
highly concentrated due to corporate consolidation, acquisitions and business closures. In this environment, orders from a
relatively limited number of manufacturers have accounted for, and are expected to continue to account for, a substantial
portion of our sales. This increasing concentration exposes our business, financial condition and operating results to a number
of risks, including the following:

•

The mix and type of customers, and sales to any single customer, may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and
from year to year, which exposes our business and operating results to increased volatility tied to individual
customers.

• New orders from our foundry customers in the past several years have constituted a significant portion of our total
orders. This concentration increases the impact that future business or technology changes within the foundry
industry may have on our business, financial condition and operating results.

•

In a highly concentrated business environment, if a particular customer does not place an order, or if they delay or
cancel orders, we may not be able to replace the business. Furthermore, because our products are configured to each
customer’s specifications, any changes, delays or cancellations of orders may result in significant, non-recoverable
costs.

• As a result of this consolidation, the customers that survive the consolidation represent a greater portion of our sales
and, consequently, have greater commercial negotiating leverage. Many of our large customers have more aggressive
policies regarding engaging alternative, second-source suppliers for the products we offer and, in addition, may seek
and, on occasion, receive pricing, payment, intellectual property-related or other commercial terms that may have
an adverse impact on our business. Any of these changes could negatively impact our prices, customer orders,
revenues and gross margins.

•

Certain customers have undergone significant ownership changes, created alliances with other companies,
experienced management changes or have outsourced manufacturing activities, any of which may result in additional

•

complexities in managing customer relationships and transactions. Any future change in ownership or management
of our existing customers may result in similar challenges, including the possibility of the successor entity or new
management deciding to select a competitor’s products.

The highly concentrated business environment also increases our exposure to risks related to the financial condition
of each of our customers. For example, as a result of the challenging economic environment during fiscal year 2009,
we were (and in some cases continue to be) exposed to additional risks related to the continued financial viability of
certain of our customers. To the extent our customers experience liquidity issues in the future, we may be required
to incur additional bad debt expense with respect to receivables owed to us by those customers. In addition,
customers with liquidity issues may be forced to reduce purchases of our equipment, delay deliveries of our products,
discontinue operations or may be acquired by one of our customers, and in either case such event would have the
effect of further consolidating our customer base.

Semiconductor manufacturers generally must commit significant resources to qualify, install and integrate process
control and yield management equipment into a semiconductor production line. We believe that once a
semiconductor manufacturer selects a particular supplier’s process control and yield management equipment, the
manufacturer generally relies upon that equipment for that specific production line application for an extended period
of time. Accordingly, we expect it to be more difficult to sell our products to a given customer for that specific
production line application and other similar production line applications if that customer initially selects a
competitor’s equipment. Similarly, we expect it to be challenging for a competitor to sell its products to a given
customer for a specific production line application if that customer initially selects our equipment.

Prices differ among the products we offer for different applications due to differences in features offered or
manufacturing costs. If there is a shift in demand by our customers from our higher-priced to lower-priced products,
our gross margin and revenue would decrease. In addition, when products are initially introduced, they tend to have
higher costs because of initial development costs and lower production volumes relative to the previous product
generation, which can impact gross margin.

Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The semiconductor equipment industry has been cyclical. The purchasing decisions of our customers are highly
dependent on the economies of both the local markets in which they are located and the semiconductor industry worldwide.
If we fail to respond to industry cycles, our business could be seriously harmed.

The timing, length and severity of the up-and-down cycles in the semiconductor equipment industry are difficult to
predict. The historically cyclical nature of the primary industry in which we operate is largely a function of our customers’
capital spending patterns and need for expanded manufacturing capacity, which in turn are affected by factors such as capacity
utilization, consumer demand for products, inventory levels and our customers’ access to capital. Cyclicality affects our
ability to accurately predict future revenue and, in some cases, future expense levels. During down cycles in our industry, the
financial results of our customers may be negatively impacted, which could result not only in a decrease in, or cancellation
or delay of, orders (which are generally subject to cancellation or delay by the customer with limited or no penalty) but also
a weakening of their financial condition that could impair their ability to pay for our products or our ability to recognize
revenue from certain customers. Our ability to recognize revenue from a particular customer may also be negatively impacted
by the customer’s funding status, which could be weakened not only by adverse business conditions or inaccessibility to
capital markets for any number of macroeconomic or company-specific reasons, but also by funding limitations imposed by
the customer’s unique corporate structure. Any of these factors could negatively impact our business, operating results and
financial condition.

When cyclical fluctuations result in lower than expected revenue levels, operating results may be adversely affected
and cost reduction measures may be necessary in order for us to remain competitive and financially sound. During periods of
declining revenues, we must be in a position to adjust our cost and expense structure to prevailing market conditions and to

continue to motivate and retain our key employees. If we fail to respond, or if our attempts to respond fail to accomplish our
intended results, then our business could be seriously harmed. Furthermore, any workforce reductions and cost reduction
actions that we adopt in response to down cycles may result in additional restructuring charges, disruptions in our operations
and loss of key personnel. In addition, during periods of rapid growth, we must be able to increase manufacturing capacity
and personnel to meet customer demand. We can provide no assurance that these objectives can be met in a timely manner
in response to industry cycles. Each of these factors could adversely impact our operating results and financial condition.

In addition, our management typically provides quarterly forecasts for certain financial metrics, which, when made, are
based on business and operational forecasts that are believed to be reasonable at the time. However, largely due to the
historical cyclicality of our business and the industries in which we operate, and the fact that business conditions in our
industries can change very rapidly as part of these cycles, our actual results may vary (and have varied in the past) from
forecasted results. These variations can occur for any number of reasons, including, but not limited to, unexpected changes
in the volume or timing of customer orders, product shipments or product acceptances; an inability to adjust our operations
rapidly enough to adapt to changing business conditions; or a different than anticipated effective tax rate. The impact on our
business of delays or cancellations of customer orders may be exacerbated by the short lead times that our customers expect
between order placement and product shipment. This is because order delays and cancellations may lead not only to lower
revenues, but also, due to the advance work we must do in anticipation of receiving a product order to meet the expected lead
times, to significant inventory write-offs and manufacturing inefficiencies that decrease our gross margin. Any of these factors
could materially and adversely affect our financial results for a particular quarter and could cause those results to differ
materially from financial forecasts we have previously provided. We provide these forecasts with the intent of giving investors
and analysts a better understanding of management’s expectations for the future, but those reviewing such forecasts must
recognize that such forecasts are comprised of, and are themselves, forward-looking statements subject to the risks and
uncertainties described in this Item 1A and elsewhere in this report and in our other public filings and public statements. If
our operating or financial results for a particular period differ from our forecasts or the expectations of investment analysts,
or if we revise our forecasts, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Risks Related to Our Business Model and Capital Structure

If we do not develop and introduce new products and technologies in a timely manner in response to changing

market conditions or customer requirements, our business could be seriously harmed.

Success in the semiconductor equipment industry depends, in part, on continual improvement of existing technologies
and rapid innovation of new solutions. The primary driver of technology advancement in the semiconductor industry has
been to shrink the lithography that prints the circuit design on semiconductor chips. That driver appears to be slowing, which
may cause semiconductor manufacturers to delay investments in equipment, investigate more complex device architectures,
use new materials and develop innovative fabrication processes. These and other evolving customer plans and needs require
us to respond with continued development programs and cut back or discontinue older programs, which may no longer have
industry-wide support. Technical innovations are inherently complex and require long development cycles and appropriate
staffing of highly qualified employees. Our competitive advantage and future business success depend on our ability to
accurately predict evolving industry standards, develop and introduce new products and solutions that successfully address
changing customer needs, win market acceptance of these new products and solutions, and manufacture these new products
in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our failure to accurately predict evolving industry standards and develop as well as
offer competitive technology solutions in a timely manner with cost-effective products could result in loss of market share,
unanticipated costs, and inventory obsolescence, which would adversely impact our business, operating results and financial
condition.

We must continue to make significant investments in research and development in order to enhance the performance,
features and functionality of our products, to keep pace with competitive products and to satisfy customer demands.
Substantial research and development costs typically are incurred before we confirm the technical feasibility and commercial
viability of a new product, and not all development activities result in commercially viable products. There can be no
assurance that revenues from future products or product enhancements will be sufficient to recover the development costs

associated with such products or enhancements. In addition, we cannot be sure that these products or enhancements will
receive market acceptance or that we will be able to sell these products at prices that are favorable to us. Our business will
be seriously harmed if we are unable to sell our products at favorable prices or if the market in which we operate does not
accept our products.

In addition, the complexity of our products exposes us to other risks. We regularly recognize revenue from a sale upon
shipment of the applicable product to the customer (even before receiving the customer’s formal acceptance of that product)
in certain situations, including sales of products for which installation is considered perfunctory, transactions in which the
product is sold to an independent distributor and we have no installation obligations, and sales of products where we have
previously delivered the same product to the same customer location and that prior delivery has been accepted. However, our
products are very technologically complex and rely on the interconnection of numerous subcomponents (all of which must
perform to their respective specifications), so it is conceivable that a product for which we recognize revenue upon shipment
may ultimately fail to meet the overall product’s required specifications. In such a situation, the customer may be entitled to
certain remedies, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results for various periods and, as a result, our
stock price.

We derive a substantial percentage of our revenues from sales of inspection products. As a result, any delay or reduction
of sales of these products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. The
continued customer demand for these products and the development, introduction and market acceptance of new products
and technologies are critical to our future success.

Our success is dependent in part on our technology and other proprietary rights. If we are unable to maintain our

lead or protect our proprietary technology, we may lose valuable assets.

Our success is dependent in part on our technology and other proprietary rights. We own various United States and
international patents and have additional pending patent applications relating to some of our products and technologies. The
process of seeking patent protection is lengthy and expensive, and we cannot be certain that pending or future applications
will actually result in issued patents or that issued patents will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful
protection or commercial advantage to us. Other companies and individuals, including our larger competitors, may develop
technologies and obtain patents relating to our business that are similar or superior to our technology or may design around
the patents we own, adversely affecting our business. In addition, we at times engage in collaborative technology development
efforts with our customers and suppliers, and these collaborations may constitute a key component of certain of our ongoing
technology and product research and development projects. The termination of any such collaboration, or delays caused by
disputes or other unanticipated challenges that may arise in connection with any such collaboration, could significantly impair
our research and development efforts, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and operations.

We also maintain trademarks on certain of our products and services and claim copyright protection for certain
proprietary software and documentation. However, we can give no assurance that our trademarks and copyrights will be
upheld or successfully deter infringement by third parties.

While patent, copyright and trademark protection for our intellectual property is important, we believe our future success
in highly dynamic markets is most dependent upon the technical competence and creative skills of our personnel. We attempt
to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information through confidentiality and other agreements with our customers,
suppliers, employees and consultants and through other security measures. We also maintain exclusive and non-exclusive
licenses with third parties for strategic technology used in certain products. However, these employees, consultants and third
parties may breach these agreements, and we may not have adequate remedies for wrongdoing. In addition, the laws of certain
territories in which we develop, manufacture or sell our products may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same
extent as do the laws of the United States. In any event, the extent to which we can protect our trade secrets through the use
of confidentiality agreements is limited, and our success will depend to a significant extent on our ability to innovate ahead
of our competitors.

Our future performance depends, in part, upon our ability to continue to compete successfully worldwide.

Our industry includes large manufacturers with substantial resources to support customers worldwide. Some of our
competitors are diversified companies with greater financial resources and more extensive research, engineering,
manufacturing, marketing, and customer service and support capabilities than we possess. We face competition from
companies whose strategy is to provide a broad array of products and services, some of which compete with the products and
services that we offer. These competitors may bundle their products in a manner that may discourage customers from
purchasing our products, including pricing such competitive tools significantly below our product offerings. In addition, we
face competition from smaller emerging semiconductor equipment companies whose strategy is to provide a portion of the
products and services that we offer, using innovative technology to sell products into specialized markets. The strength of
our competitive positions in many of our existing markets is largely due to our leading technology, which is the result of
continuing significant investments in product research and development. However, we may enter new markets, whether
through acquisitions or new internal product development, in which competition is based primarily on product pricing, not
technological superiority. Further, some new growth markets that emerge may not require leading technologies. Loss of
competitive position in any of the markets we serve, or an inability to sell our products on favorable commercial terms in
new markets we may enter, could negatively affect our prices, customer orders, revenues, gross margins and market share,
any of which would negatively affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our business would be harmed if we do not receive parts sufficient in number and performance to meet our

production requirements and product specifications in a timely and cost-effective manner.

We use a wide range of materials in the production of our products, including custom electronic and mechanical
components, and we use numerous suppliers to supply these materials. We generally do not have guaranteed supply
arrangements with our suppliers. Because of the variability and uniqueness of customers’ orders, we do not maintain an
extensive inventory of materials for manufacturing. Through our business interruption planning, we seek to minimize the risk
of production and service interruptions and/or shortages of key parts by, among other things, monitoring the financial stability
of key suppliers, identifying (but not necessarily qualifying) possible alternative suppliers and maintaining appropriate
inventories of key parts. Although we make reasonable efforts to ensure that parts are available from multiple suppliers,
certain key parts are available only from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers. Also, key parts we obtain from
some of our suppliers incorporate the suppliers’ proprietary intellectual property; in those cases we are increasingly reliant
on third parties for high-performance, high-technology components, which reduces the amount of control we have over the
availability and protection of the technology and intellectual property that is used in our products. In addition, if certain of
our key suppliers experience liquidity issues and are forced to discontinue operations, which is a heightened risk during
economic downturns, it could affect their ability to deliver parts and could result in delays for our products. Similarly,
especially with respect to suppliers of high-technology components, our suppliers themselves have increasingly complex
supply chains, and delays or disruptions at any stage of their supply chains may prevent us from obtaining parts in a timely
manner and result in delays for our products. Our operating results and business may be adversely impacted if we are unable
to obtain parts to meet our production requirements and product specifications, or if we are only able to do so on unfavorable
terms. Furthermore, a supplier may discontinue production of a particular part for any number of reasons, including the
supplier’s financial condition or business operational decisions, which would require us to purchase, in a single transaction,
a large number of such discontinued parts in order to ensure that a continuous supply of such parts remains available to our
customers. Such “end-of-life” parts purchases could result in significant expenditures by us in a particular period, and
ultimately any unused parts may result in a significant inventory write-off, either of which could have an adverse impact on
our financial condition and results of operations for the applicable periods.

If we fail to operate our business in accordance with our business plan, our operating results, business and stock

price may be significantly and adversely impacted.

We attempt to operate our business in accordance with a business plan that is established annually, revised frequently
(generally quarterly), and reviewed by management even more frequently (at least monthly). Our business plan is developed
based on a number of factors, many of which require estimates and assumptions, such as our expectations of the economic
environment, future business levels, our customers’ willingness and ability to place orders, lead-times, and future revenue
and cash flow. Our budgeted operating expenses, for example, are based in part on our future revenue expectations. However,
our ability to achieve our anticipated revenue levels is a function of numerous factors, including the volatile and historically
cyclical nature of our primary industry, customer order cancellations, macroeconomic changes, operational matters regarding
particular agreements, our ability to manage customer deliveries, the availability of resources for the installation of our
products, delays or accelerations by customers in taking deliveries and the acceptance of our products (for products where
customer acceptance is required before we can recognize revenue from such sales), our ability to operate our business and
sales processes effectively, and a number of the other risk factors set forth in this Item 1A.

Because our expenses are in most cases relatively fixed in the short term, any revenue shortfall below expectations
could have an immediate and significant adverse effect on our operating results. Similarly, if we fail to manage our expenses
effectively or otherwise fail to maintain rigorous cost controls, we could experience greater than anticipated expenses during
an operating period, which would also negatively affect our results of operations. If we fail to operate our business consistent
with our business plan, our operating results in any period may be significantly and adversely impacted. Such an outcome
could cause customers, suppliers or investors to view us as less stable, or could cause us to fail to meet financial analysts’
revenue or earnings estimates, any of which could have an adverse impact on our stock price.

In addition, our management is constantly striving to balance the requirements and demands of our customers with the
availability of resources, the need to manage our operating model and other factors. In furtherance of those efforts, we often
must exercise discretion and judgment as to the timing and prioritization of manufacturing, deliveries, installations and
payment scheduling. Any such decisions may impact our ability to recognize revenue, including the fiscal period during
which such revenue may be recognized, with respect to such products, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or stock price.

Our capital structure is highly leveraged.

As of June 30, 2017, we had $2.95 billion aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness, consisting of $2.50
billion aggregate principal amount of senior, unsecured long-term notes and $446.3 million of term loans under a Credit
Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”). Additionally, we have commitments for an unfunded revolving credit facility of
$500.0 million under the Credit Agreement. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future by accessing the unfunded
revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement and/or entering into new financing arrangements. Our ability to pay
interest and repay the principal of our current indebtedness is dependent upon our ability to manage our business operations,
our credit rating, the ongoing interest rate environment and the other risk factors discussed in this section. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to manage any of these risks successfully.

In addition, the interest rates of the senior, unsecured long-term notes may be subject to adjustments from time to time
if Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or, under certain
circumstances, a substitute rating agency selected by us as a replacement for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be (a
“Substitute Rating Agency”), downgrades (or subsequently upgrades) its rating assigned to the respective series of notes such
that the adjusted rating is below investment grade. Accordingly, changes by Moody’s, S&P, or a Substitute Rating Agency
to the rating of any series of notes, our outlook or credit rating could require us to pay additional interest, which may
negatively affect the value and liquidity of our debt and the market price of our common stock could decline. Factors that can
affect our credit rating include changes in our operating performance, the economic environment, conditions in the
semiconductor and semiconductor equipment industries, our financial position, including the incurrence of additional
indebtedness, and our business strategy.

In certain circumstances involving a change of control followed by a downgrade of the rating of a series of notes by at
least two of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch Inc., unless we have exercised our right to redeem the notes of such series, we will be
required to make an offer to repurchase all or, at the holder’s option, any part, of each holder’s notes of that series pursuant
to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control Offer, we will be required to offer
payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, on the notes repurchased, up to, but not including, the date of repurchase. We cannot make any assurance that we will
have sufficient financial resources at such time or will be able to arrange financing to pay the repurchase price of that series
of notes. Our ability to repurchase that series of notes in such event may be limited by law, by the indenture associated with
that series of notes, or by the terms of other agreements to which we may be party at such time. If we fail to repurchase that
series of notes as required by the terms of such notes, it would constitute an event of default under the indenture governing
that series of notes which, in turn, may also constitute an event of default under other of our obligations.

The term loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate, which is based on the London Interbank
Offered Rate plus a fixed spread, and, therefore, any increase in interest rates would require us to pay additional interest,
which may have an adverse effect on the value and liquidity of our debt and the market price of our common stock could
decline. The interest rate under the Credit Facility is also subject to an adjustment in conjunction with our credit rating
downgrades or upgrades. Additionally, under the Credit Agreement, we are required to comply with affirmative and negative
covenants, which include the maintenance of certain financial ratios, the details of which can be found in Note 7, “Debt” to
the consolidated financial statements.

If we fail to comply with these covenants, we will be in default and our borrowings will become immediately due and
payable. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial resources or we will be able to arrange financing to
repay our borrowings at such time. In addition, certain of our domestic subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement are required
to guarantee our borrowings under the Credit Agreement. In the event that we default on our borrowings, these domestic
subsidiaries shall be liable for our borrowings, which could disrupt our operations and result in a material adverse impact on
our business, financial condition or stock price.

Our leveraged capital structure may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and net income

per share.

Our issuance and maintenance of higher levels of indebtedness could have adverse consequences including, but not

limited to:

•

a negative impact on our ability to satisfy our future obligations;

an increase in the portion of our cash flows that may have to be dedicated to increased interest and principal payments
that may not be available for operations, working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments, dividends,
stock repurchases, general corporate or other purposes;

an impairment of our ability to obtain additional financing in the future; and

obligations to comply with restrictive and financial covenants as noted in the above risk factor and Note 7, “Debt”
to the consolidated financial statements.

Our ability to satisfy our future expenses as well as our new debt obligations will depend on our future performance,
which will be affected by financial, business, economic, regulatory and other factors. Furthermore, our future operations may
not generate sufficient cash flows to enable us to meet our future expenses and service our debt obligations, which may impact
our ability to manage our capital structure to preserve and maintain our investment grade rating. If our future operations do
not generate sufficient cash flows, we may need to access the unfunded revolving credit facility of $500.0 million under the
Credit Agreement or enter into new financing arrangements to obtain necessary funds. If we determine it is necessary to seek
additional funding for any reason, we may not be able to obtain such funding or, if funding is available, we may not be able

to obtain it on acceptable terms. Any additional borrowing under the Credit Agreement will place further pressure on us to
comply with the financial covenants. If we fail to make a payment associated with our debt obligations, we could be in default
on such debt, and such a default could cause us to be in default on our other obligations.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends at all or in any particular amounts.

Our Board of Directors first instituted a quarterly dividend during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. Since that time,
we have announced a number of increases in the amount of our quarterly dividend level as well as payment of a special cash
dividend that was declared and substantially paid in the second quarter of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. We intend to
continue to pay quarterly dividends subject to capital availability and periodic determinations by our Board of Directors that
cash dividends are in the best interest of our stockholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements applicable to
the declaration and payment of cash dividends by us. Future dividends may be affected by, among other factors: our views
on potential future capital requirements for investments in acquisitions and the funding of our research and development;
legal risks; stock repurchase programs; changes in federal and state income tax laws or corporate laws; changes to our business
model; and our increased interest and principal payments required by our outstanding indebtedness and any additional
indebtedness that we may incur in the future. Our dividend payments may change from time to time, and we cannot provide
assurance that we will continue to declare dividends at all or in any particular amounts. A reduction in our dividend payments
could have a negative effect on our stock price.

We are exposed to risks related to our commercial terms and conditions, including our indemnification of third

parties, as well as the performance of our products.

Although our standard commercial documentation sets forth the terms and conditions that we intend to apply to
commercial transactions with our business partners, counterparties to such transactions may not explicitly agree to our terms
and conditions. In situations where we engage in business with a third party without an explicit master agreement regarding
the applicable terms and conditions, or where the commercial documentation applicable to the transaction is subject to varying
interpretations, we may have disputes with those third parties regarding the applicable terms and conditions of our business
relationship with them. Such disputes could lead to a deterioration of our commercial relationship with those parties, costly
and time-consuming litigation, or additional concessions or obligations being offered by us to resolve such disputes, or could
impact our revenue or cost recognition. Any of these outcomes could materially and adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

In addition, in our commercial agreements, from time to time in the normal course of business we indemnify third
parties with whom we enter into contractual relationships, including customers, suppliers and lessors, with respect to certain
matters. We have agreed, under certain conditions, to hold these third parties harmless against specified losses, such as those
arising from a breach of representations or covenants, other third party claims that our products when used for their intended
purposes infringe the intellectual property rights of such other third parties, or other claims made against certain parties. We
may be compelled to enter into or accrue for probable settlements of alleged indemnification obligations, or we may be
subject to potential liability arising from our customers’ involvements in legal disputes. In addition, notwithstanding the
provisions related to limitations on our liability that we seek to include in our business agreements, the counterparties to such
agreements may dispute our interpretation or application of such provisions, and a court of law may not interpret or apply
such provisions in our favor, any of which could result in an obligation for us to pay material damages to third parties and
engage in costly legal proceedings. It is difficult to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under any
indemnification obligations, whether or not asserted, due to our limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique
facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in any particular claim. Our business, financial condition and results of
operations in a reported fiscal period could be materially and adversely affected if we expend significant amounts in defending
or settling any purported claims, regardless of their merit or outcomes.

We are also exposed to potential costs associated with unexpected product performance issues. Our products and
production processes are extremely complex and thus could contain unexpected product defects, especially when products
are first introduced. Unexpected product performance issues could result in significant costs being incurred by us, including

increased service or warranty costs, providing product replacements for (or modifications to) defective products, litigation
related to defective products, reimbursement for damages caused by our products, product recalls, or product write-offs or
disposal costs. These costs could be substantial and could have an adverse impact upon our business, financial condition and
operating results. In addition, our reputation with our customers could be damaged as a result of such product defects, which
could reduce demand for our products and negatively impact our business.

Furthermore, we occasionally enter into volume purchase agreements with our larger customers, and these agreements
may provide for certain volume purchase incentives, such as credits toward future purchases. We believe that these
arrangements are beneficial to our long-term business, as they are designed to encourage our customers to purchase higher
volumes of our products. However, these arrangements could require us to recognize a reduced level of revenue for the
products that are initially purchased, to account for the potential future credits or other volume purchase incentives. Our
volume purchase agreements require significant estimation for the amounts to be accrued depending upon the estimate of
volume of future purchases. As such, we are required to update our estimates of the accruals on a periodic basis. Until the
earnings process is complete, our estimates could differ in comparison to actuals. As a result, these volume purchase
arrangements, while expected to be beneficial to our business over time, could materially and adversely affect our results of
operations in near-term periods, including the revenue we can recognize on product sales and therefore our gross margins.

In addition, we may, in limited circumstances, enter into agreements that contain customer-specific commitments on
pricing, tool reliability, spare parts stocking levels, response time and other commitments. Furthermore, we may give these
customers limited audit or inspection rights to enable them to confirm that we are complying with these commitments. If a
customer elects to exercise its audit or inspection rights, we may be required to expend significant resources to support the
audit or inspection, as well as to defend or settle any dispute with a customer that could potentially arise out of such audit or
inspection. To date, we have made no significant accruals in our consolidated financial statements for this contingency. While
we have not in the past incurred significant expenses for resolving disputes regarding these types of commitments, we cannot
make any assurance that we will not incur any such liabilities in the future. Our business, financial condition and results of
operations in a reported fiscal period could be materially and adversely affected if we expend significant amounts in
supporting an audit or inspection, or defending or settling any purported claims, regardless of their merit or outcomes.

There are risks associated with our receipt of government funding for research and development.

We are exposed to additional risks related to our receipt of external funding for certain strategic development programs
from various governments and government agencies, both domestically and internationally. Governments and government
agencies typically have the right to terminate funding programs at any time in their sole discretion, or a project may be
terminated by mutual agreement if the parties determine that the project’s goals or milestones are not being achieved, so there
is no assurance that these sources of external funding will continue to be available to us in the future. In addition, under the
terms of these government grants, the applicable granting agency typically has the right to audit the costs that we incur,
directly and indirectly, in connection with such programs. Any such audit could result in modifications to, or even termination
of, the applicable government funding program. For example, if an audit were to identify any costs as being improperly
allocated to the applicable program, those costs would not be reimbursed, and any such costs that had already been reimbursed
would have to be refunded. We do not know the outcome of any future audits. Any adverse finding resulting from any such
audit could lead to penalties (financial or otherwise), termination of funding programs, suspension of payments, fines and
suspension or prohibition from receiving future government funding from the applicable government or government agency,
any of which could adversely impact our operating results, financial condition and ability to operate our business.

We have recorded significant restructuring, inventory write-off and asset impairment charges in the past and may

do so again in the future, which could have a material negative impact on our business.

Historically, we recorded material restructuring charges related to our prior global workforce reductions, large excess
inventory write-offs, and material impairment charges related to our goodwill and purchased intangible assets. During the
fourth quarter of fiscal year ended 2015, we implemented a plan to reduce our global employee workforce to streamline our
organization and business processes in response to changing customer requirements in our industry. We substantially

completed the global employee workforce reduction during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. Such workforce changes can
also temporarily reduce workforce productivity, which could be disruptive to our business and adversely affect our results of
operations. In addition, we may not achieve or sustain the expected cost savings or other benefits of our restructuring plans,
or do so within the expected time frame. If we again restructure our organization and business processes, implement additional
cost reduction actions or discontinue certain business operations, we may take additional, potentially material, restructuring
charges related to, among other things, employee terminations or exit costs. We may also be required to write-off additional
inventory if our product build plans or usage of service inventory decline. Also, as our lead times from suppliers increase
(due to the increasing complexity of the parts and components they provide) and the lead times demanded by our customers
decrease (due to the time pressures they face when introducing new products or technology or bringing new facilities into
production), we may be compelled to increase our commitments, and therefore our risk exposure, to inventory purchases to
meet our customers’ demands in a timely manner, and that inventory may need to be written-off if demand for the underlying
product declines for any reason. Such additional write-offs could constitute material charges.

In the past, we recorded a material charge related to the impairment of our goodwill and purchased intangible assets.
Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the net fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is
not amortized, but is instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with authoritative guidance for goodwill.
Purchased intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives based on
economic benefit if known or using the straight-line method, and are reviewed for impairment in accordance with
authoritative guidance for long-lived assets. The valuation of goodwill and intangible assets requires assumptions and
estimates of many critical factors, including revenue and market growth, operating cash flows, market multiples, and discount
rates. A substantial decline in our stock price, or any other adverse change in market conditions, particularly if such change
has the effect of changing one of the critical assumptions or estimates we previously used to calculate the value of our
goodwill or intangible assets (and, as applicable, the amount of any previous impairment charge), could result in a change to
the estimation of fair value that could result in an additional impairment charge.

Any such additional material charges, whether related to restructuring or goodwill or purchased intangible asset

impairment, may have a material negative impact on our operating results and related financial statements.

We are exposed to risks related to our financial arrangements with respect to receivables factoring and banking

arrangements.

We enter into factoring arrangements with financial institutions to sell certain of our trade receivables and promissory
notes from customers without recourse. In addition, we maintain bank accounts with several domestic and foreign financial
institutions, any of which may prove not to be financially viable. If we were to stop entering into these factoring arrangements,
our operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely impacted by delays or failures in collecting trade
receivables. However, by entering into these arrangements, and by engaging these financial institutions for banking services,
we are exposed to additional risks. If any of these financial institutions experiences financial difficulties or is otherwise unable
to honor the terms of our factoring or deposit arrangements, we may experience material financial losses due to the failure of
such arrangements or a lack of access to our funds, any of which could have an adverse impact upon our operating results,
financial condition and cash flows.

We are subject to the risks of additional government actions in the event we were to breach the terms of any settlement

arrangement into which we have entered.

In connection with the settlement of certain government actions and other legal proceedings related to our historical
stock option practices, we have explicitly agreed as a condition to such settlements that we will comply with certain laws,
such as the books and records provisions of the federal securities laws. If we were to violate any such law, we might not only
be subject to the significant penalties applicable to such violation, but our past settlements may also be impacted by such
violation, which could give rise to additional government actions or other legal proceedings. Any such additional actions or
proceedings may require us to expend significant management time and incur significant accounting, legal and other
expenses, and may divert attention and resources from the operation of our business. These expenditures and diversions, as

well as an adverse resolution of any such action or proceeding, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

General Commercial, Operational, Financial and Regulatory Risks

We are exposed to risks associated with a weakening in the condition of the financial markets and the global

economy.

The markets for semiconductors, and therefore our business, are ultimately driven by the global demand for electronic
devices by consumers and businesses. Economic uncertainty frequently leads to reduced consumer and business spending,
which caused our customers to decrease, cancel or delay their equipment and service orders from us in the economic
slowdown during fiscal year 2009. In addition, the tightening of credit markets and concerns regarding the availability of
credit that accompanied that slowdown made it more difficult for our customers to raise capital, whether debt or equity, to
finance their purchases of capital equipment, including the products we sell. Reduced demand, combined with delays in our
customers’ ability to obtain financing (or the unavailability of such financing), has at times in the past adversely affected our
product and service sales and revenues and therefore has harmed our business and operating results, and our operating results
and financial condition may again be adversely impacted if economic conditions decline from their current levels.

In addition, a decline in the condition of the global financial markets could adversely impact the market values or
liquidity of our investments. Our investment portfolio includes corporate and government securities, money market funds
and other types of debt and equity investments. Although we believe our portfolio continues to be comprised of sound
investments due to the quality and (where applicable) credit ratings, a decline in the capital and financial markets would
adversely impact the market value of our investments and their liquidity. If the market value of such investments were to
decline, or if we were to have to sell some of our investments under illiquid market conditions, we may be required to
recognize an impairment charge on such investments or a loss on such sales, either of which could have an adverse effect on
our financial condition and operating results.

If we are unable to timely and appropriately adapt to changes resulting from difficult macroeconomic conditions, our

business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

A majority of our annual revenues are derived from outside the United States, and we maintain significant operations
outside the United States. We are exposed to numerous risks as a result of the international nature of our business and
operations.

A majority of our annual revenues are derived from outside the United States, and we maintain significant operations
outside the United States. We expect that these conditions will continue in the foreseeable future. Managing global operations
and sites located throughout the world presents a number of challenges, including but not limited to:

• managing cultural diversity and organizational alignment;

•

exposure to the unique characteristics of each region in the global semiconductor market, which can cause capital
equipment investment patterns to vary significantly from period to period;

periodic local or international economic downturns;

potential adverse tax consequences, including withholding tax rules that may limit the repatriation of our earnings,
and higher effective income tax rates in foreign countries where we do business;

government controls, either by the United States or other countries, that restrict our business overseas or the import
or export of semiconductor products or increase the cost of our operations;

•

compliance with customs regulations in the countries in which we do business;

•

tariffs or other trade barriers (including those applied to our products or to parts and supplies that we purchase);

political instability, natural disasters, legal or regulatory changes, acts of war or terrorism in regions where we have
operations or where we do business;

fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates may adversely impact our ability to compete on price with local
providers or the value of revenues we generate from our international business. Although we attempt to manage
some of our near-term currency risks through the use of hedging instruments, there can be no assurance that such
efforts will be adequate;

longer payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable outside of the United States;

difficulties in managing foreign distributors (including monitoring and ensuring our distributors’ compliance with
applicable laws); and

•

inadequate protection or enforcement of our intellectual property and other legal rights in foreign jurisdictions.

Any of the factors above could have a significant negative impact on our business and results of operations.

We might be involved in claims or disputes related to intellectual property or other confidential information that may
be costly to resolve, prevent us from selling or using the challenged technology and seriously harm our operating results
and financial condition.

As is typical in the semiconductor equipment industry, from time to time we have received communications from other
parties asserting the existence of patent rights, copyrights, trademark rights or other intellectual property rights which they
believe cover certain of our products, processes, technologies or information. In addition, we occasionally receive notification
from customers who believe that we owe them indemnification or other obligations related to intellectual property claims
made against such customers by third parties. With respect to intellectual property infringement disputes, our customary
practice is to evaluate such infringement assertions and to consider whether to seek licenses where appropriate. However, we
cannot ensure that licenses can be obtained or, if obtained, will be on acceptable terms or that costly litigation or other
administrative proceedings will not occur. The inability to obtain necessary licenses or other rights on reasonable terms could
seriously harm our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we may potentially be subject to claims by
customers, suppliers or other business partners, or by governmental law enforcement agencies, related to our receipt,
distribution and/or use of third-party intellectual property or confidential information. Legal proceedings and claims,
regardless of their merit, and associated internal investigations with respect to intellectual property or confidential information
disputes are often expensive to prosecute, defend or conduct; may divert management’s attention and other company
resources; and/or may result in restrictions on our ability to sell our products, settlements on significantly adverse terms or
adverse judgments for damages, injunctive relief, penalties and fines, any of which could have a significant negative effect
on our business, results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance regarding the outcome of future
legal proceedings, claims or investigations. The instigation of legal proceedings or claims, our inability to favorably resolve
or settle such proceedings or claims, or the determination of any adverse findings against us or any of our employees in
connection with such proceedings or claims could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations, as well as our business reputation.

We are exposed to various risks related to the legal, regulatory and tax environments in which we perform our

operations and conduct our business.

We are subject to various risks related to compliance with new, existing, different, inconsistent or even conflicting laws,
rules and regulations enacted by legislative bodies and/or regulatory agencies in the countries in which we operate and with
which we must comply, including environmental, safety, antitrust, anti-corruption/anti-bribery, unclaimed property and
export control regulations. Our failure or inability to comply with existing or future laws, rules or regulations, or changes to

existing laws, rules or regulations (including changes that result in inconsistent or conflicting laws, rules or regulations), in
the countries in which we operate could result in violations of contractual or regulatory obligations that may adversely affect
our operating results, financial condition and ability to conduct our business. From time to time, we may receive inquiries or
audit notices from governmental or regulatory bodies, or we may participate in voluntary disclosure programs, related to
legal, regulatory or tax compliance matters, and these inquiries, notices or programs may result in significant financial cost
(including investigation expenses, defense costs, assessments and penalties), reputational harm and other consequences that
could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our properties and many aspects of our business operations are subject to various domestic and international
environmental laws and regulations, including those that control and restrict the use, transportation, emission, discharge,
storage and disposal of certain chemicals, gases and other substances. Any failure to comply with applicable environmental
laws, regulations or requirements may subject us to a range of consequences, including fines, suspension of certain of our
business activities, limitations on our ability to sell our products, obligations to remediate environmental contamination, and
criminal and civil liabilities or other sanctions. In addition, changes in environmental regulations (including regulations
relating to climate change and greenhouse gas emissions) could require us to invest in potentially costly pollution control
equipment, alter our manufacturing processes or use substitute (potentially more expensive and/or rarer) materials. Further,
we use hazardous and other regulated materials that subject us to risks of strict liability for damages caused by any release,
regardless of fault. We also face increasing complexity in our manufacturing, product design and procurement operations as
we adjust to new and prospective requirements relating to the materials composition of our products, including restrictions
on lead and other substances and requirements to track the sources of certain metals and other materials. The cost of
complying, or of failing to comply, with these and other regulatory restrictions or contractual obligations could adversely
affect our operating results, financial condition and ability to conduct our business.

In addition, we may from time to time be involved in legal proceedings or claims regarding employment, immigration,
contracts, product performance, product liability, antitrust, environmental regulations, securities, unfair competition and other
matters (in addition to proceedings and claims related to intellectual property matters, which are separately discussed
elsewhere in this Item 1A). These legal proceedings and claims, regardless of their merit, may be time-consuming and
expensive to prosecute or defend, divert management’s attention and resources, and/or inhibit our ability to sell our products.
There can be no assurance regarding the outcome of current or future legal proceedings or claims, which could adversely
affect our operating results, financial condition and ability to operate our business.

We depend on key personnel to manage our business effectively, and if we are unable to attract, retain and motivate

our key employees, our sales and product development could be harmed.

Our employees are vital to our success, and our key management, engineering and other employees are difficult to
replace. We generally do not have employment contracts with our key employees. Further, we do not maintain key person
life insurance on any of our employees. The expansion of high technology companies worldwide has increased demand and
competition for qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, or if we are not able to attract,
assimilate and retain additional highly qualified employees to meet our current and future needs, our business and operations
could be harmed.

We outsource a number of services to third-party service providers, which decreases our control over the
performance of these functions. Disruptions or delays at our third-party service providers could adversely impact our
operations.

We outsource a number of services, including our transportation, information systems management and logistics
management of spare parts and certain accounting and procurement functions, to domestic and overseas third-party service
providers. While outsourcing arrangements may lower our cost of operations, they also reduce our direct control over the
services rendered. It is uncertain what effect such diminished control will have on the quality or quantity of products delivered
or services rendered, on our ability to quickly respond to changing market conditions, or on our ability to ensure compliance
with all applicable domestic and foreign laws and regulations. In addition, many of these outsourced service providers,

including certain hosted software applications that we use for confidential data storage, employ cloud computing technology
for such storage. These providers’ cloud computing systems may be susceptible to “cyber incidents,” such as intentional
cyber attacks aimed at theft of sensitive data or inadvertent cyber-security compromises, which are outside of our control. If
we do not effectively develop and manage our outsourcing strategies, if required export and other governmental approvals
are not timely obtained, if our third-party service providers do not perform as anticipated or do not adequately protect our
data from cyber-related security breaches, or if there are delays or difficulties in enhancing business processes, we may
experience operational difficulties (such as limitations on our ability to ship products), increased costs, manufacturing or
service interruptions or delays, loss of intellectual property rights or other sensitive data, quality and compliance issues, and
challenges in managing our product inventory or recording and reporting financial and management information, any of
which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to risks related to cybersecurity threats and cyber incidents.

In the conduct of our business, we collect, use, transmit and store data on information systems. This data includes
confidential information, transactional information and intellectual property belonging to us, our customers and our business
partners, as well as personally-identifiable information of individuals. We allocate significant resources to network security,
data encryption and other measures to protect our information systems and data from unauthorized access or misuse. Despite
our ongoing efforts to enhance our network security measures, our information systems are susceptible to computer viruses,
cyber-related security breaches and similar disruptions from unauthorized intrusions, tampering, misuse, criminal acts,
including phishing, or other events or developments that we may be unable to anticipate or fail to mitigate and are subject to
the inherent vulnerabilities of network security measures. We have experienced cyber-related attacks in the past, and may
experience cyber-related attacks in the future. Our security measures may also be breached due to employee errors,
malfeasance, or otherwise. Third parties may also attempt to influence employees, users, suppliers or customers to disclose
sensitive information in order to gain access to our, our customers’ or business partners’ data. Because the techniques used
to obtain unauthorized access to the information systems change frequently, and may not be recognized until launched against
a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.

Any of such occurrences could result in disruptions to our operations; misappropriation, corruption or theft of
confidential information, including intellectual property and other critical data, of KLA-Tencor, our customers and other
business partners; misappropriation of funds and company assets; reduced value of our investments in research, development
and engineering; litigation with, or payment of damages to, third parties; reputational damage; costs to comply with regulatory
inquiries or actions; data privacy issues; costs to rebuild our internal information systems; and increased cybersecurity
protection and remediation costs.

We carry insurance that provides some protection against the potential losses arising from a cybersecurity incident but

it will not likely cover all such losses, and the losses that it does not cover may be significant.

We rely upon certain critical information systems for our daily business operations. Our inability to use or access

our information systems at critical points in time could unfavorably impact our business operations.

Our global operations are dependent upon certain information systems, including telecommunications, the internet, our
corporate intranet, network communications, email and various computer hardware and software applications. System failures
or malfunctioning, such as difficulties with our customer relationship management (“CRM”) system, could disrupt our
operations and our ability to timely and accurately process and report key components of our financial results. Our enterprise
resource planning (“ERP”) system is integral to our ability to accurately and efficiently maintain our books and records,
record transactions, provide critical information to our management, and prepare our financial statements. Any disruptions
or difficulties that may occur in connection with our ERP system or other systems (whether in connection with the regular
operation, periodic enhancements, modifications or upgrades of such systems or the integration of our acquired businesses
into such systems) could adversely affect our ability to complete important business processes, such as the evaluation of our
internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Any of these events
could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Acquisitions are an important element of our strategy but, because of the uncertainties involved, we may not find
suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to successfully integrate and manage acquired businesses. We are
also exposed to risks in connection with strategic alliances into which we may enter.

In addition to our efforts to develop new technologies from internal sources, part of our growth strategy is to pursue
acquisitions and acquire new technologies from external sources. As part of this effort, we may make acquisitions of, or
significant investments in, businesses with complementary products, services and/or technologies. There can be no assurance
that we will find suitable acquisition candidates or that acquisitions we complete will be successful. In addition, we may use
equity to finance future acquisitions, which would increase our number of shares outstanding and be dilutive to current
stockholders.

If we are unable to successfully integrate and manage acquired businesses or if acquired businesses perform poorly,
then our business and financial results may suffer. It is possible that the businesses we have acquired, as well as businesses
that we may acquire in the future, may perform worse than expected or prove to be more difficult to integrate and manage
than anticipated. In addition, we may lose key employees of the acquired companies. As a result, risks associated with
acquisition transactions may give rise to a material adverse effect on our business and financial results for a number of
reasons, including:

• we may have to devote unanticipated financial and management resources to acquired businesses;

•

the combination of businesses may cause the loss of key personnel or an interruption of, or loss of momentum in,
the activities of our company and/or the acquired business;

• we may not be able to realize expected operating efficiencies or product integration benefits from our acquisitions;

• we may experience challenges in entering into new market segments for which we have not previously manufactured

and sold products;

• we may face difficulties in coordinating geographically separated organizations, systems and facilities;

•

the customers, distributors, suppliers, employees and others with whom the companies we acquire have business
dealings may have a potentially adverse reaction to the acquisition;

• we may have to write-off goodwill or other intangible assets; and

• we may incur unforeseen obligations or liabilities in connection with acquisitions.

At times, we may also enter into strategic alliances with customers, suppliers or other business partners with respect to
development of technology and intellectual property. These alliances typically require significant investments of capital and
exchange of proprietary, highly sensitive information. The success of these alliances depends on various factors over which
we may have limited or no control and requires ongoing and effective cooperation with our strategic partners. Mergers and
acquisitions and strategic alliances are inherently subject to significant risks, and the inability to effectively manage these
risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Disruption of our manufacturing facilities or other operations, or in the operations of our customers, due to
earthquake, flood, other natural catastrophic events, health epidemics or terrorism could result in cancellation of orders,
delays in deliveries or other business activities, or loss of customers and could seriously harm our business.

We have significant manufacturing operations in the United States, Singapore, Israel, Germany and China. In addition,
our business is international in nature, with our sales, service and administrative personnel and our customers located in
numerous countries throughout the world. Operations at our manufacturing facilities and our assembly subcontractors, as
well as our other operations and those of our customers, are subject to disruption for a variety of reasons, including work

stoppages, acts of war, terrorism, health epidemics, fire, earthquake, volcanic eruptions, energy shortages, flooding or other
natural disasters. Such disruption could cause delays in, among other things, shipments of products to our customers, our
ability to perform services requested by our customers, or the installation and acceptance of our products at customer sites.
We cannot ensure that alternate means of conducting our operations (whether through alternate production capacity or service
providers or otherwise) would be available if a major disruption were to occur or that, if such alternate means were available,
they could be obtained on favorable terms.

In addition, as part of our cost-cutting actions, we have consolidated several operating facilities. Our California
operations are now primarily centralized in our Milpitas facility. The consolidation of our California operations into a single
campus could further concentrate the risks related to any of the disruptive events described above, such as acts of war or
terrorism, earthquakes, fires or other natural disasters, if any such event were to impact our Milpitas facility.

We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts and acts of war. If international

political instability continues or increases, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

The threat of terrorism targeted at, or acts of war in, the regions of the world in which we do business increases the
uncertainty in our markets. Any act of terrorism or war that affects the economy or the semiconductor industry could adversely
affect our business. Increased international political instability in various parts of the world, disruption in air transportation
and further enhanced security measures as a result of terrorist attacks may hinder our ability to do business and may increase
our costs of operations. We maintain significant manufacturing and research and development operations in Israel, an area
that has historically experienced a high degree of political instability, and we are therefore exposed to risks associated with
future instability in that region. Such instability could directly impact our ability to operate our business (or our customers’
ability to operate their businesses) in the affected region, cause us to incur increased costs in transportation, make such
transportation unreliable, increase our insurance costs, and cause international currency markets to fluctuate. Such instability
could also have the same effects on our suppliers and their ability to timely deliver their products. If international political
instability continues or increases in any region in which we do business, our business and results of operations could be
harmed. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts and acts of war.

We self-insure certain risks including earthquake risk. If one or more of the uninsured events occurs, we could

suffer major financial loss.

We purchase insurance to help mitigate the economic impact of certain insurable risks; however, certain risks are
uninsurable, are insurable only at significant cost or cannot be mitigated with insurance. Accordingly, we may experience a
loss that is not covered by insurance, either because we do not carry applicable insurance or because the loss exceeds the
applicable policy amount or is less than the deductible amount of the applicable policy. For example, we do not currently
hold earthquake insurance. An earthquake could significantly disrupt our manufacturing operations, a significant portion of
which are conducted in California, an area highly susceptible to earthquakes. It could also significantly delay our research
and engineering efforts on new products, much of which is also conducted in California. We take steps to minimize the
damage that would be caused by an earthquake, but there is no certainty that our efforts will prove successful in the event of
an earthquake. We self-insure earthquake risks because we believe this is a prudent financial decision based on our cash
reserves and the high cost and limited coverage available in the earthquake insurance market. Certain other risks are also self-
insured either based on a similar cost-benefit analysis, or based on the unavailability of insurance. If one or more of the
uninsured events occurs, we could suffer major financial loss.

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Although we hedge certain currency risks, we may
still be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates or declining economic conditions in these
countries.

We have some exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the Japanese Yen and the euro. We
have international subsidiaries that operate and sell our products globally. In addition, an increasing proportion of our
manufacturing activities are conducted outside of the United States, and many of the costs associated with such activities are
denominated in foreign currencies. We routinely hedge our exposures to certain foreign currencies with certain financial

institutions in an effort to minimize the impact of certain currency exchange rate fluctuations, but these hedges may be
inadequate to protect us from currency exchange rate fluctuations. To the extent that these hedges are inadequate, or if there
are significant currency exchange rate fluctuations in currencies for which we do not have hedges in place, our reported
financial results or the way we conduct our business could be adversely affected. Furthermore, if a financial counterparty to
our hedges experiences financial difficulties or is otherwise unable to honor the terms of the foreign currency hedge, we may
experience material financial losses.

We are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates and the market values of our portfolio investments; impairment of
our investments could harm our earnings. In addition, we and our stockholders are exposed to risks related to the volatility
of the market for our common stock.

Our investment portfolio primarily consists of both corporate and government debt securities that are susceptible to
changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As market interest rates and bond yields increase, those securities with a
lower yield-at-cost show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. We believe we have the ability to realize the full value of all these
investments upon maturity. However, an impairment of the fair market value of our investments, even if unrealized, must be
reflected in our financial statements for the applicable period and may therefore have a material adverse effect on our results
of operations for that period.

In addition, the market price for our common stock is volatile and has fluctuated significantly during recent years. The
trading price of our common stock could continue to be highly volatile and fluctuate widely in response to various factors,
including without limitation conditions in the semiconductor industry and other industries in which we operate, fluctuations
in the global economy or capital markets, our operating results or other performance metrics, or adverse consequences
experienced by us as a result of any of the risks described elsewhere in this Item 1A. Volatility in the market price of our
common stock could cause an investor in our common stock to experience a loss on the value of their investment in us and
could also adversely impact our ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or to use our common stock as
consideration to acquire other companies.

We are exposed to risks in connection with tax and regulatory compliance audits in various jurisdictions.

We are subject to tax and regulatory compliance audits (such as related to customs or product safety requirements) in
various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may assess additional income or other taxes, penalties, fines or other prohibitions
against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable and that our products and practices comply with applicable
regulations, the final determination of any such audit and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical
income tax provisions and accruals related to income taxes and other contingencies. The results of an audit or litigation could
have a material adverse effect on our operating results or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is
made.

A change in our effective tax rate can have a significant adverse impact on our business.

We earn profits in, and are therefore potentially subject to taxes in, the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions,
including Singapore, Israel and the Cayman Islands, the countries in which we earn the majority of our non-U.S. profits. Due
to economic, political or other conditions, tax rates in those jurisdictions may be subject to significant change. A number of
factors may adversely impact our future effective tax rates, such as the jurisdictions in which our profits are determined to be
earned and taxed; changes in the tax rates imposed by those jurisdictions; expiration of tax holidays in certain jurisdictions
that are not renewed; the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities; changes in the valuation of
our deferred tax assets and liabilities; adjustments to estimated taxes upon finalization of various tax returns; increases in
expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquired in-process research and development and
impairment of goodwill in connection with acquisitions; changes in available tax credits; changes in stock-based
compensation expense; changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws (for example, proposals for fundamental
United States international tax reform); changes in generally accepted accounting principles; and the repatriation of earnings
from outside the United States for which we have not previously provided for United States taxes. A change in our effective
tax rate can materially and adversely impact our results from operations.

Compliance with federal securities laws, rules and regulations, as well as NASDAQ requirements, has become
increasingly complex, and the significant attention and expense we must devote to those areas may have an adverse impact
on our business.

Federal securities laws, rules and regulations, as well as NASDAQ rules and regulations, require companies to maintain
extensive corporate governance measures, impose comprehensive reporting and disclosure requirements, set strict
independence and financial expertise standards for audit and other committee members and impose civil and criminal
penalties for companies and their chief executive officers, chief financial officers and directors for securities law violations.
These laws, rules and regulations have increased, and in the future are expected to continue to increase, the scope, complexity
and cost of our corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices, which could harm our results of operations and
divert management’s attention from business operations.

A change in accounting standards or practices or a change in existing taxation rules or practices (or changes in
interpretations of such standards, practices or rules) can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even
affect reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective.

New accounting standards and taxation rules and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements and taxation
rules have occurred and will continue to occur in the future. Changes to (or revised interpretations or applications of) existing
accounting standards or tax rules or the questioning of current or past practices may adversely affect our reported financial
results or the way we conduct our business. For example, in May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)
issued an accounting standard update regarding revenue from contracts with customers, and in February 2016, the FASB
issued an accounting standard update which amends the existing accounting standards for leases. Adoption of new standards
may require changes to our processes, accounting systems, and internal controls. Difficulties encountered during adoption
could result in internal control deficiencies or delay the reporting of our financial results.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

Information regarding our principal properties as of June 30, 2017 is set forth below:

Location
Milpitas, CA .....................

Type
Office, plant and
warehouse

Principal Use

Principal Executive Offices, Research,
Engineering, Marketing, Manufacturing,
Service and Sales Administration

Square
Footage
727,302

Ownership
Owned

Westwood, MA(1) ...............

Office and plant

Engineering, Marketing, Manufacturing and
Service

116,908

Leased

Leuven, Belgium(1) ............

Office, plant and
warehouse

Engineering, Marketing and Service and
Sales Administration

60,654

Owned

Shenzhen, China ............... Office and plant

Sales, Service and Manufacturing

47,840

Leased

Shanghai, China ................

Office

Research, Service and Sales Administration

58,109

Leased

Weilburg, Germany ..........

Office and plant

Engineering, Marketing, Manufacturing,
Service and Sales Administration

138,119

Leased

Chennai, India ...................

Office

Engineering

46,351

Leased

Chennai, India ...................

Office

Engineering

33,366

Owned

Migdal Ha’Emek, Israel ....

Office and plant

Research, Engineering, Marketing,
Manufacturing, Service and Sales
Administration

191,982

Owned

Yokohama, Japan ..............

Office and
warehouse

Sales and Service

35,531

Leased

Serangoon, Singapore(2) ..... Office and plant

Sales, Service and Manufacturing

248,155

Owned

Hsinchu, Taiwan ...............
__________________

Office

Sales and Service

73,676

Leased

(1)

(2)

Portions of this property are sublet, are vacant and marketed to sublease, or are leased to third parties.

We own the building at our location in Serangoon, Singapore, but the land on which this building resides is leased.

As of June 30, 2017, we owned or leased a total of approximately 2.1 million square feet of space worldwide, including
the locations listed above and office space for smaller sales and service offices in several locations throughout the world. Our
operating leases expire at various times through November 7, 2028, subject to renewal, with some of the leases containing
renewal option clauses at the fair market value, for additional periods up to five years. Additional information regarding these
leases is incorporated herein by reference to Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial
statements. We believe our properties are adequately maintained and suitable for their intended use and that our production
facilities have capacity adequate for our current needs.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The information set forth below under Note 14, “Litigation and Other Legal Matters” to the consolidated financial

statements is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “KLAC.”

The prices per share reflected in the following table represent the high and low prices for our common stock on the

NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated:

Year ended June 30, 2017

Year ended June 30, 2016

High

Low

Cash
Dividends
Declared per
share

High

Low

Cash
Dividends
Declared per
share

First Fiscal Quarter .................... $
Second Fiscal Quarter ................ $
Third Fiscal Quarter ................... $
Fourth Fiscal Quarter ................. $

77.85 $
83.23 $
96.91 $
109.59 $

66.88 $
69.75 $
77.86 $
91.09 $

0.52 $
0.54 $
0.54 $
0.54 $

57.35 $
70.28 $
73.19 $
75.17 $

44.95 $
48.73 $
62.33 $
67.32 $

0.52
0.52
0.52
0.52

On June 1, 2017, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized an increase in the level of our quarterly cash
dividend from $0.54 to $0.59 per share. Additional information regarding the declaration of our quarterly cash dividend after
June 30, 2017 can be found in Note 19, “Subsequent Events” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of July 14, 2017, there were 394 holders of record of our common stock.

Equity Repurchase Plans

The following is a summary of stock repurchases for each month during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended

June 30, 2017(1):

Period

April 1, 2017 to April 30, 2017 ...............................................
May 1, 2017 to May 31, 2017 ..................................................
June 1, 2017 to June 30, 2017 ..................................................
Total .........................................................................................
__________________

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased (2)

Average Price Paid
per Share

Maximum Number of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs (3)

— $
148,769 $
94,391 $
243,160 $

—
102.03
104.06
102.82

5,916,120
5,767,351
5,672,960

(1)

(2)

(3)

Our Board of Directors has authorized a program for us to repurchase shares of our common stock. The total number
and dollar amount of shares repurchased for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were 0.2 million
shares ($25.0 million), 3.4 million shares ($175.7 million) and 9.3 million shares ($608.9 million), respectively.

All shares were purchased pursuant to the publicly announced repurchase program described in footnote 1 above.
Shares are reported based on the trade date of the applicable repurchase.

The stock repurchase program has no expiration date. Future repurchases of our common stock under our repurchase
program may be effected through various different repurchase transaction structures, including isolated open market
transactions or systematic repurchase plans.

Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the following information relating to the price performance of our common stock shall not be deemed “filed”
with the Commission or “soliciting material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and shall not be incorporated by
reference into any such filings.

The following graph compares the cumulative 5-year total return attained by stockholders on our common stock relative
to the cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 Index (as required by SEC regulations) and the Philadelphia Semiconductor
Index (PHLX). The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each of the indices (with
the reinvestment of all dividends) from June 30, 2012 to June 30, 2017.

June 2012

June 2013

June 2014

June 2015

June 2016

June 2017

KLA-Tencor Corporation .......................... $100.00
S&P 500 ..................................................... $100.00
PHLX Semiconductor ................................ $100.00
__________________
* Assumes $100 invested on June 30, 2012 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

$155.36
$161.43
$161.36

$116.72
$120.60
$116.96

$156.61
$150.27
$156.62

$209.39
$167.87
$173.61

$268.60
$197.92
$241.00

Our fiscal year ends June 30. The comparisons in the graph above are based upon historical data and are not necessarily

indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future stock price performance.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables include selected consolidated summary financial data for each of our last five fiscal years. This
data should be read in conjunction with Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and Item 7, “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

Year ended June 30,

Total revenues ..................................... $ 3,480,014 $ 2,984,493 $ 2,814,049 $ 2,929,408 $ 2,842,781
Net income(1) ........................................ $
543,149

582,755 $

366,158 $

704,422 $

926,076 $

Cash dividends declared per share

(including a special cash dividend of
$16.50 per share declared during the
three months ended December 31,
2014) ................................................... $
Net income per share:

2.14 $

2.08 $

18.50 $

1.80 $

1.60

Basic ............................................ $
Diluted ......................................... $

5.92 $
5.88 $

4.52 $
4.49 $

2.26 $
2.24 $

3.51 $
3.47 $

3.27
3.21

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

As of June 30,

Consolidated Balance Sheets:

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable

securities ......................................... $ 3,016,740 $ 2,491,294 $ 2,387,111 $ 3,152,637 $ 2,918,881
Working capital(2) ................................. $ 3,098,904 $ 2,865,609 $ 2,902,813 $ 3,690,484 $ 3,489,236
Total assets .......................................... $ 5,532,173 $ 4,962,432 $ 4,826,012 $ 5,535,846 $ 5,283,804
Long-term debt(3) ................................. $ 2,680,474 $ 3,057,936 $ 3,173,435 $
743,823
Total stockholders’ equity(3) ................ $ 1,326,417 $
421,439 $ 3,669,346 $ 3,482,152

745,101 $

689,114 $

__________

(1) Our net income decreased to $366.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, primarily as a result of the impact of
the pre-tax net loss of $131.7 million for the loss on extinguishment of debt and certain one-time expenses of $2.5 million
associated with the leveraged recapitalization that was completed during the three months ended December 31, 2014.

(2) We adopted the accounting standards update regarding classification of deferred taxes on a prospective basis at the
beginning of the fourth quarter of fiscal year ended 2016. Upon adoption, approximately $218.0 million in net current
deferred tax assets were reclassified to noncurrent. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted.

(3) Our long-term debt increased to $3.17 billion at the end of fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, because, as part of the
leveraged recapitalization plan, we issued $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of senior, unsecured long-term notes
(collectively referred to as “Senior Notes”), entered into $750.0 million of five-year senior unsecured prepayable term
loans and a $500.0 million unfunded revolving credit facility and redeemed our $750.0 million aggregate principal
amount of 6.900% Senior Notes due in 2018 (the “2018 Notes”). Refer to Note 7, “Debt” for additional details. Our total
stockholders’ equity decreased to $421.4 million at the end of fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, because, as part of our
leveraged recapitalization plan, we declared a special cash dividend of approximately $2.76 billion. Refer to Note 8,
“Equity and Long-term Incentive Compensation Plans” to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our
Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,”
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result
of certain factors, including but not limited to those discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K. (See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”)

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND POLICIES

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions in applying our accounting policies
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. We base these estimates and assumptions on historical experience, and evaluate them on an on-going basis to
ensure that they remain reasonable under current conditions. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We discuss the
development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors on a
quarterly basis, and the Audit Committee has reviewed our related disclosure in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The
accounting policies that reflect our more significant estimates, judgments and assumptions and which we believe are the most
critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.
We derive revenue from three sources—sales of systems, spare parts and services. In general, we recognize revenue for
systems when the system has been installed, is operating according to predetermined specifications and is accepted by the
customer. When we have demonstrated a history of successful installation and acceptance, we recognize revenue upon
delivery and customer acceptance. Under certain circumstances, however, we recognize revenue prior to acceptance from the
customer, as follows:

• When the customer fab has previously accepted the same tool, with the same specifications, and when we can

objectively demonstrate that the tool meets all of the required acceptance criteria.

• When system sales to independent distributors have no installation requirement, contain no acceptance agreement,

and 100% of the payment is due based upon shipment.

• When the installation of the system is deemed perfunctory.

• When the customer withholds acceptance due to issues unrelated to product performance, in which case revenue is

recognized when the system is performing as intended and meets predetermined specifications.

In circumstances in which we recognize revenue prior to installation, the portion of revenue associated with installation

is deferred based on estimated fair value, and that revenue is recognized upon completion of the installation.

In many instances, products are sold in stand-alone arrangements. Services are sold separately through renewals of
annual maintenance contracts. We have multiple element revenue arrangements in cases where certain elements of a sales
arrangement are not delivered and accepted in one reporting period. To determine the relative fair value of each element in a
revenue arrangement, we allocate arrangement consideration based on the selling price hierarchy. For substantially all of the
arrangements with multiple deliverables pertaining to products and services, we use vendor-specific objective evidence
(“VSOE”) or third-party evidence (“TPE”) to allocate the selling price to each deliverable. We determine TPE based on
historical prices charged for products and services when sold on a stand-alone basis. When we are unable to establish relative
selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use estimated selling price (“ESP”) in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The
41

objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-
alone basis. ESP could potentially be used for new or customized products. We regularly review relative selling prices and
maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

In a multiple element revenue arrangement, we defer revenue recognition associated with the relative fair value of each
undelivered element until that element is delivered to the customer. To be considered a separate element, the product or
service in question must represent a separate unit of accounting, which means that such product or service must fulfill the
following criteria: (a) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the arrangement
includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is
considered probable and substantially in our control. If the arrangement does not meet all the above criteria, the entire amount
of the sales contract is deferred until all elements are accepted by the customer.

Trade-in rights are occasionally granted to customers to trade in tools in connection with subsequent purchases. We
estimate the value of the trade-in right and reduce the revenue recognized on the initial sale. This amount is recognized at the
earlier of the exercise of the trade-in right or the expiration of the trade-in right.

We enter into volume purchase agreements with some of our customers. We accrue the estimated credits earned by our
customers for such incentives, and in situations when the credit levels vary depending upon sales volume, we update our
accrual based on the amount that we estimate to be purchased pursuant to the volume purchase agreements. Accruals for
customer credits are recorded as an offset to revenue or deferred revenue.

Spare parts revenue is recognized when the product has been shipped, risk of loss has passed to the customer and

collection of the resulting receivable is probable.

Service and maintenance contract revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance contract. Revenue
from services performed in the absence of a maintenance contract, including consulting and training revenue, is recognized
when the related services are performed and collectibility is reasonably assured.

We sell stand-alone software that is subject to software revenue recognition guidance. We periodically review selling
prices to determine whether VSOE exists, and in situations where we are unable to establish VSOE for undelivered elements
such as post-contract service, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the service contract.

We also defer the fair value of non-standard warranty bundled with equipment sales as unearned revenue. Non-standard
warranty includes services incremental to the standard 40-hour per week coverage for 12 months. Non-standard warranty is
recognized ratably as revenue when the applicable warranty term period commences.

The deferred system profit balance equals the value of products that have been shipped and billed to customers which
have not met our revenue recognition criteria, less applicable product and warranty costs. Deferred system profit does not
include the profit associated with product shipments to certain customers in Japan, to whom title does not transfer until
customer acceptance. Shipments to such customers in Japan are classified as inventory at cost until the time of acceptance.

We enter into sales arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables of our products and services where certain
elements of the sales arrangement are not delivered and accepted in one reporting period. Judgment is required to properly
identify the accounting units of the multiple deliverable transactions and to determine the manner in which revenue should
be allocated among the accounting units. Additionally, judgment is required to interpret various commercial terms and
determine when all criteria of revenue recognition have been met in order for revenue recognition to occur in the appropriate
accounting period. While changes in the allocation of the estimated selling price between the accounting units will not affect
the amount of total revenue recognized for a particular arrangement, any material changes in these allocations could impact
the timing of revenue recognition, which could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. Demonstration units are
stated at their manufacturing cost and written down to their net realizable value. Our manufacturing overhead standards for
product costs are calculated assuming full absorption of forecasted spending over projected volumes, adjusted for excess

capacity. Abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and spoilage are
recognized as current period charges. We write down product inventory based on forecasted demand and technological
obsolescence and service spare parts inventory based on forecasted usage. These factors are impacted by market and economic
conditions, technology changes, new product introductions and changes in strategic direction and require estimates that may
include uncertain elements. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand, and such differences may have a material
effect on recorded inventory values.

Warranty. We provide standard warranty coverage on our systems for 40 hours per week for 12 months, providing
labor and parts necessary to repair and maintain the systems during the warranty period. We account for the estimated
warranty cost as a charge to costs of revenues when revenue is recognized. The estimated warranty cost is based on historical
product performance and field expenses. Utilizing actual service records, we calculate the average service hours and parts
expense per system and apply the actual labor and overhead rates to determine the estimated warranty charge. We update
these estimated charges on a regular basis. The actual product performance and/or field expense profiles may differ, and in
those cases we adjust our warranty accruals accordingly. See Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” to the Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional details.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. A majority of our accounts receivables are derived from sales to large multinational
semiconductor manufacturers throughout the world. In order to monitor potential credit losses, we perform ongoing credit
evaluations of our customers’ financial condition. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for probable credit losses
based upon our assessment of the expected collectibility of the accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is
reviewed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of the allowance. We take into consideration (1) any circumstances of
which we are aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations; and (2) our judgments as to prevailing economic
conditions in the industry and their impact on our customers. If circumstances change, such that the financial conditions of
our customers are adversely affected and they are unable to meet their financial obligations to us, we may need to record
additional allowances, which would result in a reduction of our net income.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Plans. We account for stock-based awards granted to employees for
services based on the fair value of those awards. The fair value of stock-based awards is measured at the grant date and is
recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The fair value for restricted stock units granted without
“dividend equivalent” rights is determined using the closing price of our common stock on the grant date, adjusted to exclude
the present value of dividends which are not accrued on the restricted stock units. The fair value for restricted stock units
granted with “dividend equivalent” rights is determined using the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. The
award holder is not entitled to receive payments under dividend equivalent rights unless the associated restricted stock unit
award vests (i.e., the award holder is entitled to receive credits, payable in cash or shares of our common stock, equal to the
cash dividends that would have been received on the shares of our common stock underlying the restricted stock units had
the shares been issued and outstanding on the dividend record date, but such dividend equivalents are only paid subject to the
recipient satisfying the vesting requirements of the underlying award). Additionally, we estimate forfeitures based on
historical experience and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from the estimated amounts.
The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model for purchase rights under our Employee Stock Purchase
Plan. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of assumptions, including the option’s expected term and
the expected price volatility of the underlying stock. The expected stock price volatility assumption is based on the market-
based historical implied volatility from traded options of our common stock.

Accounting for Cash-Based Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Cash-based long-term incentive (“Cash LTI”)
awards issued to employees under our Cash LTI program vest in three or four equal installments, with one-third or one-fourth
of the aggregate amount of the Cash LTI award vesting on each yearly anniversary of the grant date over a three or four-year
period. In order to receive payments under a Cash LTI award, participants must remain employed by us as of the applicable
award vesting date. Compensation expense related to the Cash LTI awards is recognized over the vesting term, which is
adjusted for the impact of estimated forfeitures.

Contingencies and Litigation. We are subject to the possibility of losses from various contingencies. Considerable
judgment is necessary to estimate the probability and amount of any loss from such contingencies. An accrual is made when
it is probable that a liability has been incurred or an asset has been impaired and the amount of loss can be reasonably
estimated. We accrue a liability and recognize as expense the estimated costs expected to be incurred over the next twelve
months to defend or settle asserted and unasserted claims existing as of the balance sheet date. See Note 13, “Commitments
and Contingencies” and Note 14, “Litigation and Other Legal Matters” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional details.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. We assess goodwill for impairment annually as well as whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Long-lived purchased intangible assets are tested
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
See Note 6, “Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets
acquired in each business combination. We performed our annual qualitative assessment of the goodwill by reporting unit in
our second quarter of fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and concluded that there was no impairment. There have been no
significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill subsequent to our annual impairment test. The next
annual evaluation of the goodwill by reporting unit will be performed in the second quarter of the fiscal year ending June 30,
2018.

If we were to encounter challenging economic conditions, such as a decline in our operating results, an unfavorable
industry or macroeconomic environment, a substantial decline in our stock price, or any other adverse change in market
conditions, we may be required to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment analysis. In addition, if such
conditions have the effect of changing one of the critical assumptions or estimates we use to calculate the value of our
goodwill or intangible assets, we may be required to record goodwill and/or intangible asset impairment charges in future
periods. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would occur or, if it does, whether
such charge would be material to our results of operations.

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes in accordance with the authoritative guidance, which requires that deferred
tax assets and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and
tax bases of recorded assets and liabilities. The guidance also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation
allowance if it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We have determined that a
valuation allowance is necessary against a portion of the deferred tax assets, but we anticipate that our future taxable income
will be sufficient to recover the remainder of our deferred tax assets. However, should there be a change in our ability to
recover our deferred tax assets that are not subject to a valuation allowance, we could be required to record an additional
valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets. This would result in an increase to our tax provision in the period in
which we determine that the recovery is not probable.

On a quarterly basis, we provide for income taxes based upon an estimated annual effective income tax rate. The
effective tax rate is highly dependent upon the geographic composition of worldwide earnings, tax regulations governing
each region, availability of tax credits and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies. We carefully monitor the changes
in many factors and adjust our effective income tax rate on a timely basis. If actual results differ from these estimates, this
could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax
regulations. In accordance with the authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we recognize
liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition
by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained
in audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit
as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We reevaluate these uncertain
tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or

circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Any change in these factors
could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

Valuation of Marketable Securities. Our investments in available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value.
Unrealized gains related to increases in the fair value of investments and unrealized losses related to decreases in the fair
value are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, as reported on our Consolidated Statements
of Stockholders’ Equity. However, changes in the fair value of investments impact our net income only when such
investments are sold or an impairment charge is recognized. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined
by specific identification of the security’s cost basis. We periodically review our investment portfolio to determine if any
investment is other-than-temporarily impaired due to changes in credit risk or other potential valuation concerns, which would
require us to record an impairment charge in the period during which any such determination is made. In making this
judgment, we evaluate, among other things, the duration of the investment, the extent to which the fair value of an investment
is less than its cost, the credit rating and any changes in credit rating for the investment, default and loss rates of the underlying
collateral, structure and credit enhancements to determine if a credit loss may exist. Our assessment that an investment is not
other-than-temporarily impaired could change in the future due to new developments or changes in our strategies or
assumptions related to any particular investment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of recent accounting pronouncements, including those recently adopted and the expected dates of
adoption as well as estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements of those not yet adopted, see Note 1,
“Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

KLA-Tencor Corporation is a leading supplier of process control and yield management solutions for the semiconductor
and related nanoelectronics industries. Our broad portfolio of inspection and metrology products, and related service, software
and other offerings primarily supports integrated circuit (“IC” or “chip”) manufacturers throughout the entire semiconductor
fabrication process, from research and development to final volume production. We provide leading-edge equipment,
software and support that enable IC manufacturers to identify, resolve and manage significant advanced technology
manufacturing process challenges and obtain higher finished product yields at lower overall cost. In addition to serving the
semiconductor industry, we also provide a range of technology solutions to a number of other high technology industries,
including advanced packaging, light emitting diode (“LED”), power devices, compound semiconductor, and data storage
industries, as well as general materials research.

Our products and services are used by the vast majority of bare wafer, IC, lithography reticle (“reticle” or “mask”) and
disk manufacturers around the world. Our products, services and expertise are used by our customers to measure, detect,
analyze and resolve critical product defects that arise in that environment in order to control nanometric level manufacturing
processes. Our revenues are driven largely by our customers’ spending on capital equipment and related maintenance services
necessary to support key transitions in their underlying product technologies, or to increase their production volumes in
response to market demand or expansion plans. Our semiconductor customers generally operate in one or more of the three
major semiconductor markets - memory, foundry and logic. All three of these markets are characterized by rapid technological
changes and sudden shifts in end-user demand, which influence the level and pattern of our customers’ spending on our
products and services. Although capital spending in all three semiconductor markets has historically been cyclical, the
demand for more advanced and lower cost chips used in a growing number of consumer electronics, communications, data
processing, and industrial and automotive products has resulted over the long term in a favorable demand environment for
our process control and yield management solutions, particularly in the foundry and logic markets, which have higher levels
of process control adoption than the memory market.

As we are a supplier to the global semiconductor and semiconductor-related industries, our customer base continues to
become more highly concentrated over time, thereby increasing the potential impact of a sudden change in capital spending
by a major customer on our revenues and profitability. As our customer base becomes increasingly more concentrated, large
orders from a relatively limited number of customers account for a substantial portion of our sales, which potentially exposes
us to more volatility for revenues and earnings. In the global semiconductor and semiconductor-related industries, China is
emerging as a major region for manufacturing of logic and memory chips, adding to its role as the world’s largest consumer
of ICs. Government initiatives are propelling China to expand its domestic manufacturing capacity and attracting
semiconductor manufacturers from Taiwan, Korea, Japan and the US. China is currently seen as an important long-term
growth region for the semiconductor capital equipment sector. We are also subject to the cyclical capital spending that has
historically characterized the semiconductor and semiconductor-related industries. The timing, length, intensity and volatility
of the capacity-oriented capital spending cycles of our customers are unpredictable.

The semiconductor industry has also been characterized by constant technological innovation. Currently, there are
multiple drivers for growth in the industry with increased demand for chips providing computation power and connectivity
for AI applications and support for mobile devices at the leading edge of foundry chip manufacturing. Qualification of early
EUV lithography processes and equipment is driving growth at leading logic/foundry and DRAM manufacturers. Expansion
of the IoT together with increasing acceptance of ADAS in anticipation of the introduction of autonomous cars have begun
to accelerate legacy-node technology conversions and capacity expansions. Intertwined in these areas, spurred by data storage
and connectivity needs, is the growth in demand for memory chips. On the other hand, higher design costs for the most
advanced ICs could economically constrain leading-edge manufacturing technology customers to focus their resources on
only the large technologically advanced products and applications. We believe that, over the long term, our customers will
continue to invest in advanced technologies and new materials to enable smaller design rules and higher density applications
that fuel demand for process control equipment, although the growth for such equipment may be adversely impacted by
higher design costs for advanced ICs, reuse of installed products, and delays in production ramps by our customers in response
to higher costs and technical challenges at more advanced technology nodes.

The demand for our products and our revenue levels are driven by our customers’ needs to solve the process challenges
that they face as they adopt new technologies required to fabricate advanced ICs that are incorporated into sophisticated
mobile devices. The timing for our customers in ordering and taking delivery of process control and yield management
equipment is also determined by our customers’ requirements to meet the next generation production ramp schedules, and
the timing for capacity expansion to meet end customer demand. Our earnings will depend not only on our revenue levels,
but also on the amount of research and development spending required to meet our customers’ technology roadmaps. We
have maintained production volumes and capacity to meet anticipated customer requirements and remain at risk of incurring
significant inventory-related and other restructuring charges if business conditions deteriorate. Over the past year, our
customers have taken delivery of higher volumes of process control equipment than they did in the previous year. However,
any delay or push out by our customers in taking delivery of process control and yield management equipment may cause
earnings volatility, due to increases in the risk of inventory related charges as well as timing of revenue recognition.

The following table sets forth some of our key consolidated financial information for each of our last three fiscal years:

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except diluted net income per share)

2017

2016

2015

Total revenues ................................................................................... $
Costs of revenues .............................................................................. $
Gross margin percentage ..................................................................
Net income ........................................................................................ $
Diluted net income per share ............................................................ $

3,480,014
1,287,547

$
$

2,984,493
1,163,391

$
$

2,814,049
1,215,229

63%

61%

57%

926,076
5.88

$
$

704,422
4.49

$
$

366,158
2.24

Year ended June 30,

Total revenues during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 increased by 17% compared to the fiscal year ended June
30, 2016. Our year over year revenue growth reflected increases from sales of both our inspection and metrology products as
our customers continue to invest in process control and services. Increased revenues during the fiscal year ended June 30,
2017 were also driven by strong demand from our foundry customers and an increase in the number of post-warranty systems
installed at our customers’ sites over this time period for our service revenues.

Total revenues during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 increased by 6% compared to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2015. Our year over year revenue growth reflected increases from sales of both our inspection and metrology products as our
customers continue to invest in process control and services. Increased revenues during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016
were also driven by the introduction of our new generation of inspection products as well strong demand from our foundry
customers and an increase in the number of post-warranty systems installed at our customers’ sites over this time period for
our service revenues.

Revenues and Gross Margin

Year ended June 30,

(Dollar amounts in
thousands)

Revenues:

2017

2016

2015

FY17 vs. FY16

FY16 vs. FY15

Product ................... $ 2,703,934
776,080
Service ...................

$ 2,250,260
734,233

$ 2,125,396
688,653

Total revenues ................ $ 3,480,014

$ 2,984,493

$ 2,814,049

453,674
41,847

20% $ 124,864
45,580

495,521

17% $ 170,444

6 %
7 %

6 %

124,156

11% $

(51,838)

(4)%

Costs of revenues ........... $ 1,287,547
Gross margin percentage

63%

$ 1,163,391

$ 1,215,229

61%

57%

Product revenues

Our business is affected by the concentration of our customer base and our customers’ capital equipment procurement
schedules as a result of their investment plans. Our product revenues in any particular period are significantly impacted by
the amount of new orders that we receive during that period and, depending upon the duration of manufacturing and
installation cycles, in the preceding period.

Product revenues increased by 20% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2016, primarily due to growth in revenues from our customers in Korea, Taiwan, and Europe & Israel. Our year over year
increase in our product revenues were primarily driven by strong demand for our inspection and metrology products,
increased investments by our foundry customers to support their new device architectures and process technologies for
capacity-related expansion, and sales of our next generation inspection products.

Product revenues increased by 6% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2015, primarily due to growth in revenues from our customers in China, Taiwan and Japan, partially offset by lower revenues
from our customers in North America, Korea, Rest of Asia and Europe & Israel. The year over year increase in our product

revenues were primarily driven by strong demand for our inspection and metrology products, the introduction of our new
generation of inspection products and the expansion of semiconductor investments in Asia, particularly in China and Taiwan
from our foundry customers.

Service revenues

Service revenues are generated from maintenance contracts, as well as billable time and material service calls made to
our customers after the expiration of the warranty period. The amount of our service revenues is typically a function of the
number of post-warranty systems installed at our customers’ sites and the utilization of those systems, but it is also impacted
by other factors, such as our rate of service contract renewals, the types of systems being serviced and fluctuations in foreign
exchange rates. Service revenues increased sequentially over the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, primarily
as a result of an increase over time in the number of post-warranty systems installed at our customers’ sites over that time
period.

Revenues - Top Customers

The following customers each accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues for the indicated periods:

2017

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

2016
Micron Technology, Inc.

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company Limited

2015

Intel Corporation

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

Year ended June 30,

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company Limited

Revenues by region

Revenues by region for the periods indicated were as follows:

2017

(Dollar amounts in thousands)
Taiwan .......................................... $ 1,104,307
688,094
Korea ............................................
523,024
North America ..............................
412,098
China .............................................
351,202
Japan .............................................
263,789
Europe & Israel .............................
137,500
Rest of Asia ..................................
Total ...................................... $ 3,480,014

Year ended June 30,

2016

2015

32% $ 894,557
367,905
20%
521,335
14%
430,074
12%
444,216
10%
167,936
8%
158,470
4%
100% $ 2,984,493

30% $ 691,482
405,320
12%
815,914
18%
162,669
14%
426,963
15%
194,670
6%
117,031
5%
100% $ 2,814,049

25%
14%
29%
6%
15%
7%
4%
100%

A significant portion of our revenues continues to be generated in Asia, where a substantial portion of the world’s

semiconductor manufacturing capacity is located, and we expect that trend to continue.

Gross margin

Our gross margin fluctuates with revenue levels and product mix and is affected by variations in costs related to
manufacturing and servicing our products, including our ability to scale our operations efficiently and effectively in response
to prevailing business conditions.

The following table summarizes the major factors that contributed to the changes in gross margin percentage:

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 ............................................................................................................
Revenue volume of products and services ................................................................................................
Mix of products and services sold ............................................................................................................
Manufacturing labor, overhead and efficiencies .......................................................................................
Other service and manufacturing costs .....................................................................................................
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 ............................................................................................................
Revenue volume of products and services ................................................................................................
Mix of products and services sold ............................................................................................................
Manufacturing labor, overhead and efficiencies .......................................................................................
Other service and manufacturing costs .....................................................................................................

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 ............................................................................................................

Gross Margin
Percentage

56.8 %
0.4 %
2.6 %
0.7 %
0.5 %
61.0 %
1.5 %
0.6 %
— %
(0.1)%

63.0 %

Changes in gross margin percentage driven by revenue volume of products and services reflect our ability to leverage
existing infrastructure to generate higher revenues. It also includes the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, average
customer pricing and customer revenue deferrals associated with volume purchase agreements. Changes in gross margin
percentage from mix of products and services sold reflect the impact of changes in the composition within product and service
offerings. Changes in gross margin percentage from manufacturing labor, overhead and efficiencies reflect our ability to
manage costs and drive productivity as we scale our manufacturing activity to respond to customer requirements; this includes
the impact of capacity utilization, use of overtime and variability of cost structure. Changes in gross margin percentage from
other service and manufacturing costs include the impact of customer support costs, including the efficiencies with which we
deliver services to our customers, and the effectiveness with which we manage our production plans and inventory risk.

Our gross margin increased to 63.0% during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 from 61.0% during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to a higher revenue volume of products and services and a favorable mix of products and
services sold, partially offset by other service and manufacturing costs.

Our gross margin increased to 61.0% during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 from 56.8% during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015, primarily due to a favorable mix of products and services sold, an increase in manufacturing efficiencies
driven by lower warranty costs as well as a decrease in severance-related expenses, and higher revenue volume of products
and services.

Research and Development (“R&D”)

Year ended June 30,

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

2017

2016

2015

FY17 vs. FY16

FY16 vs. FY15

R&D expenses .......................... $ 526,870
R&D expenses as a percentage

$ 481,258

$ 530,616

$ 45,612

9% $ (49,358)

(9)%

of total revenues .....................

15%

16%

19%

(1)%

(3)%

R&D expenses may fluctuate with product development phases and project timing as well as our focused R&D efforts
that are aligned with our overall business strategy. As technological innovation is essential to our success, we may incur
significant costs associated with R&D projects, including compensation for engineering talent, engineering material costs,
and other expenses.

R&D expenses during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 were higher compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016,
primarily due to an increase in employee-related expenses of $25.4 million as a result of additional engineering headcount,
higher variable compensation, and higher employee benefit costs, an increase in consulting expenses of $12.5 million, an
increase in engineering materials and supplies expenses of $9.9 million, an increase in merger-related expenses of $2.3
million, a lower benefit from external funding of $1.9 million and higher travel-related costs of $1.2 million, partially offset
by a decrease in depreciation expense of $7.3 million and lower severance-related charges of $1.5 million.

R&D expenses during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 were lower compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015,
primarily due to a decrease in employee-related expenses, including severance-related expenses of $33.9 million as a result
of the reduced headcount from our global workforce reduction that we initiated during the three months ended June 30, 2015,
partially offset by an increase in variable compensation of $10.6 million. Additionally, there was a decrease in engineering
materials and supplies expenses of $21.0 million and an increase in the benefit to R&D expense from external funding of
$5.4 million.

Our future operating results will depend significantly on our ability to produce products and provide services that have
a competitive advantage in our marketplace. To do this, we believe that we must continue to make substantial and focused
investments in our research and development. We remain committed to product development in new and emerging
technologies as we address the yield challenges our customers face at future technology nodes.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”)

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

2017

2016

2015

FY17 vs. FY16

FY16 vs. FY15

Year ended June 30,

$ 379,399

$406,864

9,937

3% $ (27,465)

(7)%

SG&A expenses .............................. $389,336
SG&A expenses as a percentage of
total revenues ...............................

11%

13%

14%

(2)%

(1)%

SG&A expenses during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 were higher compared to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2016, primarily due to an increase in consulting expenses of $7.1 million; an increase in employee-related expenses of $6.7
million mainly as a result of higher variable compensation and employee benefit costs; an increase in travel costs of $2.3
million; an increase in cost of support for sales evaluations of $1.3 million and an increase in facilities-related expense of
$1.1 million. The increases above were partially offset by a decrease in merger-related expenses of $6.6 million and a lower
severance-related charges of $3.7 million.

SG&A expenses during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 were lower compared to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2015, primarily due to a decrease in employee-related expenses, including severance-related expenses, of $28.0 million as a
result of the reduced headcount from our global workforce reduction that we initiated during the three months ended June 30,
2015 partially offset by an increase in variable compensation of $16.4 million, a decrease in cost of support for sales
evaluation of $8.6 million, a decrease in contributions to support our corporate social responsibility program of $7.0 million
and a decrease in travel-related expenses of $4.7 million. The decreases above were partially offset by an increase in our
merger-related expenses of $15.6 million, principally for financial advisory services including the fairness opinion fees,
employee-related expenses and legal fees during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016.

Restructuring Charges

During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended 2015, we announced a plan to reduce our global employee workforce
to streamline our organization and business processes in response to changing customer requirements in its industry. The
goals of this reduction were to enable continued innovation, direct our resources toward its best opportunities and lower our
ongoing expense run rate. We substantially completed our global workforce reduction during the fiscal year ended June 30,
2016.

The following table shows the activity primarily related to accrual for severance and benefits for the fiscal years ended

June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Beginning balance ............................................................................ $

Restructuring costs ....................................................................
Adjustments ..............................................................................
Cash payments ..........................................................................

587
—
(147)
(440)

24,887
8,926
(142)
(33,084)

2,329
31,569
1,177
(10,188)

Ending balance ................................................................................. $

—

587

24,887

Interest Expense and Other Expense (Income), Net

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

Interest expense ................................................................................ $
Other expense (income), net ............................................................. $
Interest expense as a percentage of total revenues ............................
Other expense (income), net as a percentage of total revenues ........

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

122,476
(19,461)

$
$

122,887
(20,634 )

$
$

4%
1%

2015

106,009
(10,469)

4%
—%

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 interest expense remained relatively unchanged compared to the fiscal year

ended June 30, 2016.

The increase in interest expense during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2015 was primarily attributable to the $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of senior, unsecured long-term notes
(collectively referred to as “Senior Notes”), the $750.0 million unsecured prepayable term loans and the $500.0 million
unfunded revolving credit facility which were executed during the three months ended December 31, 2014 and which were
not outstanding for the entire fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. In addition, the $750.0 million of 2018 Senior Notes were
redeemed during the three months ended December 31, 2014.

Other expense (income), net is comprised primarily of realized gains or losses on sales of marketable securities, gains
or losses from revaluations of certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities as well as foreign currency contracts,
impairments associated with equity investments in privately-held companies, interest related accruals (such as interest and
penalty accruals related to our tax obligations) and interest income earned on our investment and cash portfolio.

The decrease in other expense (income), net during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared to the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2016 was primarily due to an increase in interest accruals related to uncertain tax positions of $6.4 million, a
decrease in net gains from our investments in privately-held companies of $3.6 million, partially offset by an increase in
interest income of $8.8 million.

The increase in other expense (income), net during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 was primarily due to reduction of interest and penalty accruals related to uncertain tax positions of $5.5
million and an increase of $4.5 million for gain on the sale of equity investments in privately-held companies net of
impairment charges.

Loss on extinguishment of debt and other, net

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, loss on extinguishment of debt and other, net, reflected a pre-tax net loss of
$131.7 million associated with the redemption of our $750.0 million of 2018 Senior Notes during the three months ended
December 31, 2014. Included in the loss on extinguishment of debt and other, net is the $1.2 million gain on the non-
designated forward contract that was entered into by us in anticipation of the redemption of the 2018 Senior Notes, which
were redeemed during the three months ended December 31, 2014. Refer to “Note 7, Debt” and “Note 16, Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the consolidated financial statements for further details. We had no loss on
extinguishment of debt and other, net, in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

Provision for Income Taxes

The following table provides details of income taxes:

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

Income before income taxes ............................................................. $
Provision for income taxes ............................................................... $
Effective tax rate ...............................................................................

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

1,173,246
247,170

$
$

858,192
153,770

$
$

2015

434,131
67,973

21.1%

17.9%

15.7%

The provision for income taxes differs from the statutory U.S. federal rate primarily due to foreign income with lower

tax rates, tax credits, and other domestic incentives.

Tax expense as a percentage of income during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 was 21.1% compared to 17.9% for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. Tax expense as a percentage of income increased primarily due to an increase in the
percentage of income earned in the U.S. compared to income earned outside the U.S. in jurisdictions with lower tax rates.
Tax expense as a percentage of income increased also because there was a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits during the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 due to settlements with taxing authorities
and expiration of statutes of limitations.

Tax expense as a percentage of income during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 was 17.9% compared to 15.7% for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. Tax expense as a percentage of income increased primarily due to an increase in the
percentage of income earned in the U.S. compared to income earned outside the U.S. in jurisdictions with lower tax rates.
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the loss on extinguishment of debt decreased income earned in the U.S.

Our future effective income tax rate depends on various factors, such as tax legislation, the geographic composition of
our pre-tax income, the amount of our pre-tax income as business activities fluctuate, non-deductible expenses incurred in
connection with acquisitions, research and development credits as a percentage of aggregate pre-tax income, the domestic
manufacturing deduction, non-taxable or non-deductible increases or decreases in the assets held within our Executive
Deferred Savings Plan, the tax effects of employee stock activity and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies.

In the normal course of business, we are subject to tax audits in various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may assess
additional income or other taxes against us. We are under income tax examination in Israel for the fiscal years ended June
30, 2013 through June 30, 2015. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits
and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. The results of
an audit or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in the period or periods
for which that determination is made.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

2017

2016

2015

Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................ $
Marketable securities ........................................................................

1,153,051
1,863,689

1,108,488
1,382,806

838,025
1,549,086

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities .................... $

3,016,740

2,491,294

2,387,111

Percentage of total assets ..................................................................

55%

50%

49%

As of June 30,

(In thousands)

Cash flows:
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................... $
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ..........................
Net cash used in financing activities .................................................
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents .........

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

1,079,665
(560,886)
(472,805)
(1,411)

759,696
144,687
(636,702)
2,782

605,906
918,221
(1,302,972)
(13,991)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ........................................ $

44,563

270,463

207,164

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities:

As of June 30, 2017, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities totaled $3.02 billion, which is an increase of
$525.4 million from June 30, 2016. The increase is primarily attributable to our cash generated from operations, partially
offset by net purchases of marketable securities of $493.2 million, payment of dividends of $344.0 million, payment of term
loans of $130.0 million, cash used for a business acquisition of $28.6 million and payment for stock repurchases of $25.0
million. As of June 30, 2017, $2.16 billion of our $3.02 billion of cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities were held
by our foreign subsidiaries and branch offices. We currently intend to indefinitely reinvest $2.00 billion of the cash, cash
equivalents and marketable securities held by our foreign subsidiaries. If, however, a portion of these funds were to be
repatriated to the United States, we would be required to accrue and pay U.S. and foreign taxes of approximately 30%-50%
of the funds repatriated. The amount of taxes due will depend on the amount and manner of the repatriation, as well as the
location from which the funds are repatriated. Of the $2.16 billion, the remaining cash of $156.4 million is held by our foreign
subsidiaries and branches for which earnings are not indefinitely reinvested. As we have accrued (but not paid) U.S. taxes on
the earnings of these subsidiaries and branches, these funds can be returned to the U.S. without accruing any additional U.S.
tax expense.

Cash Dividends and Special Cash Dividend:

The total amount of regular quarterly cash dividends paid during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015
was $335.4 million, $324.5 million and $324.8 million, respectively. The increase in the amount of regular quarterly cash
dividends paid during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 reflected the increase in the level of our regular quarterly cash
dividend from $0.52 to $0.54 per share that was instituted during the three months ended December 31, 2016. The amount of
accrued dividends payable for regular quarterly cash dividends on unvested restricted stock units with dividend equivalent
rights was $4.8 million and $2.7 million as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts will be paid upon vesting
of the underlying unvested restricted stock units as described in Note 8, “Equity and Long-term Incentive Compensation
Plans.”

On June 1, 2017, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized an increase in the level of our quarterly
cash dividend from $0.54 to $0.59 per share. Refer to Note 19, “Subsequent Events” to the consolidated financial statements
for additional information regarding the declaration of our quarterly cash dividend announced subsequent to June 30, 2017.

On November 19, 2014, we declared a special cash dividend of $16.50 per share on our outstanding common stock
which was paid on December 9, 2014 to our stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 1, 2014.
Additionally, in connection with the special cash dividend, our Board of Directors and our Compensation Committee of our
Board of Directors approved a proportionate and equitable adjustment to outstanding equity awards (restricted stock units
and stock options) under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”), as required by the 2004 Plan, subject to the vesting
requirements of the underlying awards. As the adjustment was required by the 2004 Plan, the adjustment to the outstanding
awards did not result in any incremental compensation expense due to modification of such awards, under the authoritative
guidance. The declaration and payment of the special cash dividend was part of our leveraged recapitalization transaction
under which the special cash dividend was financed through a combination of existing cash and proceeds from the debt
financing disclosed in Note 7, “Debt” that was completed during the three months ended December 31, 2014. As of the
declaration date, the total amount of the special cash dividend accrued by us was approximately $2.76 billion, substantially
all of which was paid out during the three months ended December 31, 2014, except for the aggregate special cash dividend
of $43.0 million that was accrued for the unvested restricted stock units. As of June 30, 2017 and 2016, we had $9.0 million
and $16.9 million, respectively, of accrued dividends payable for the special cash dividend with respect to outstanding
unvested restricted stock units, which will be paid when such underlying unvested restricted stock units vest. We paid a
special cash dividend with respect to vested restricted stock units during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015
of $8.6 million, $21.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Other than the special cash dividend declared during the three
months ended December 31, 2014, we historically have not declared any special cash dividend.

Stock Repurchases:

The shares repurchased under our stock repurchase program have reduced our basic and diluted weighted-average
shares outstanding for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. The stock repurchase program is intended, in part, to
offset shares issued in connection with the purchases under our ESPP program and the vesting of employee restricted stock
units.

Fiscal Year 2017 Compared to Fiscal Year 2016

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

We have historically financed our liquidity requirements through cash generated from operations. Net cash provided
by operating activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 increased compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016,
from $759.7 million to $1.08 billion primarily as a result of the following key factors:

•

An increase in collections of approximately $567.0 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared
to the fiscal year June 30, 2016, mainly driven by higher shipments;

The positive impact of our early adoption of the new accounting standard update for share-based payment awards
to employees on a prospective basis during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, which no longer requires the
excess tax benefit from share-based compensation to be shown as a reduction within cash flows from operating
activities of $11.9 million compared to the fiscal ended June 30, 2016;

An increase in interest income of approximately $9.0 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared
to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, as U.S. dollar interest rates increased; partially offset by

◦

An increase in accounts payable payments of approximately $71.0 million during the fiscal year ended June
30, 2017 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016;

An increase in income tax payments of $129.0 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared
to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, reflecting higher operating profits;

◦

An increase in payroll and employee expenses of approximately $85.0 million during the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2017 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to a change in the timing of
certain variable compensation payments; and

Less unfavorable impacts from currency fluctuations of approximately $19.0 million during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2017 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Net cash used by investing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 was $560.9 million compared to net
cash provided by investing activities of $144.7 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. The change primarily
resulted from net purchases of marketable securities of $493.2 million and cash used for a business acquisition of $28.6
million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Net cash used in financing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 decreased compared to the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2016, from $636.7 million to $472.8 million, primarily as a result of a decrease in common stock repurchases
of $156.7 million and the impact of our early adoption of the new accounting standard update for share-based payment awards
to employees on a prospective basis during the year ended June 30, 2017. This new standard no longer requires the excess
tax benefit from share-based compensation to be shown as a cash inflow from financing activities, resulting in a change of
$11.9 million from the year ended June 30, 2016.

Fiscal Year 2016 Compared to Fiscal Year 2015

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

Net cash provided by operating activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 increased compared to the fiscal

year ended June 30, 2015, from $605.9 million to $759.7 million primarily as a result of the following key factors:

•

An increase in collections of approximately $294.0 million mostly due to higher shipments during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015;

A decrease in payroll and employee-related payments of approximately $34.0 million during the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015; partially offset by

◦

An increase in vendor payments of approximately $65.0 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016
mainly due to higher inventory purchases compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015;

A net increase of realized foreign exchange hedge losses of approximately $48.0 million during the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, mainly due to the substantial
foreign exchange fluctuations in Japanese Yen during these periods;

An increase in debt interest payments of approximately $27.0 million during the fiscal year ended June
30, 2016 due to higher average outstanding debt balances compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015;

◦

An increase in income tax and other tax payments net of tax refunds of approximately $22.0 million during
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015; and

An increase in cash LTI payments of approximately $13.0 million during the fiscal year ended June
30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Net cash provided by investing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 decreased to $144.7 million
compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 from net cash provided in investing activities of $918.2 million, primarily
as a result of our strategic decision to liquidate certain marketable securities in our investment portfolio to fund our working
capital requirements during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, partially offset by approximately $14.0 million lower capital
expenditures during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Net cash used in financing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 decreased compared to the fiscal year

ended June 30, 2015, from $1.30 billion to $636.7 million, primarily as a result of the following key factors:

•

A decrease in payment of dividends to stockholders of $2.70 billion, primarily from the payment of special cash
dividend during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015;

A decrease in repayment of debt of approximately $781.0 million mainly as a result of the redemption of the 2018
Senior Notes during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015;

A decrease in common stock repurchases of $421.0 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 compared
to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. In connection with entering into the Merger Agreement, we suspended
further repurchases under our repurchase program effective October 21, 2015; partially offset by

◦

Net proceeds of $3.22 billion from the issuance of Senior Notes and the term loans during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015.

Senior Notes:

In November 2014, we issued $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of senior, unsecured long-term notes
(collectively referred to as “Senior Notes”). We issued the Senior Notes as part of the leveraged recapitalization plan under
which the proceeds from the Senior Notes in conjunction with the proceeds from the term loans (described below) and cash
on hand were used (x) to fund a special cash dividend of $16.50 per share, aggregating to approximately $2.76 billion, (y) to
redeem $750.0 million of 2018 Senior Notes, including associated redemption premiums, accrued interest and other fees and
expenses and (z) for other general corporate purposes, including repurchases of shares pursuant to our stock repurchase
program. The interest rate specified for each series of the Senior Notes will be subject to adjustments from time to time if
Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or, under certain circumstances,
a substitute rating agency selected by us as a replacement for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be (a “Substitute Rating
Agency”), downgrades (or subsequently upgrades) its rating assigned to the respective series of Senior Notes such that the
adjusted rating is below investment grade. If the adjusted rating of any series of Senior Notes from Moody’s (or, if applicable,
any Substitute Rating Agency) is decreased to Ba1, Ba2, Ba3 or B1 or below, the stated interest rate on such series of Senior
Notes as noted above will increase by 25 bps, 50 bps, 75 bps or 100 bps, respectively (“bps” refers to Basis Points and 1% is
equal to 100 bps). If the rating of any series of Senior Notes from S&P (or, if applicable, any Substitute Rating Agency) with
respect to such series of Senior Notes is decreased to BB+, BB, BB- or B+ or below, the stated interest rate on such series of
Senior Notes as noted above will increase by 25 bps, 50 bps, 75 bps or 100 bps, respectively. The interest rates on any series

of Senior Notes will permanently cease to be subject to any adjustment (notwithstanding any subsequent decrease in the
ratings by any of Moody’s, S&P and, if applicable, any Substitute Rating Agency) if such series of Senior Notes becomes
rated “Baa1” (or its equivalent) or higher by Moody’s (or, if applicable, any Substitute Rating Agency) and “BBB+” (or its
equivalent) or higher by S&P (or, if applicable, any Substitute Rating Agency), or one of those ratings if rated by only one
of Moody’s, S&P and, if applicable, any Substitute Rating Agency, in each case with a stable or positive outlook. In October
2014, we entered into a series of forward contracts to lock the 10-year treasury rate (“benchmark rate”) on a portion of the
Senior Notes with a notional amount of $1.00 billion in aggregate. For additional details, refer to Note 16, “Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the consolidated financial statements.

The original discount on the Senior Notes amounted to $4.0 million and is being amortized over the life of the debt.
Interest is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The debt indenture (the “Indenture”) includes
covenants that limit our ability to grant liens on its facilities and enter into sale and leaseback transactions, subject to certain
allowances under which certain sale and leaseback transactions are not restricted. As of June 30, 2017, we were in compliance
with all of the covenants under the Indenture associated with the Senior Notes.

Credit Facility (Term Loans and Unfunded Revolving Credit Facility):

In November 2014, we entered into $750.0 million of five-year senior unsecured prepayable term loans and a $500.0
million unfunded revolving credit facility (collectively, the “Credit Facility”) under the Credit Agreement (the “Credit
Agreement”). The interest under the Credit Facility will be payable on the borrowed amounts at the London Interbank Offered
Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread, which is currently 125 bps, and this spread is subject to adjustment in conjunction with our
credit rating downgrades or upgrades. The spread ranges from 100 bps to 175 bps based on the then effective credit rating.
We are also obligated to pay an annual commitment fee of 15 bps on the daily undrawn balance of the revolving credit facility,
which is also subject to an adjustment in conjunction with our credit rating downgrades or upgrades by Moody’s and S&P.
The annual commitment fee ranges from 10 bps to 25 bps on the daily undrawn balance of the revolving credit facility,
depending upon the then effective credit rating. Principal payments with respect to the term loans will be made on the last
day of each calendar quarter and any unpaid principal balance of the term loans, including accrued interest, shall be payable
on November 14, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”). We may prepay the term loans and unfunded revolving credit facility at any
time without a prepayment penalty. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, we made term loan principal payments of
$130.0 million. The remaining term loan balance of $446.3 million as of June 30, 2017 is due in the fiscal quarter ending
December 31, 2019.

The Credit Facility requires us to maintain an interest expense coverage ratio as described in the Credit Agreement, on
a quarterly basis, covering the trailing four consecutive fiscal quarters of no less than 3.50 to 1.00. In addition, we are required
to maintain the maximum leverage ratio as described in the Credit Agreement on a quarterly basis of 3.00 to 1.00, covering
the trailing four consecutive fiscal quarters for each fiscal quarter.

We were in compliance with the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement as of June 30, 2017 (the interest
expense coverage ratio was 11.58 to 1.00 and the leverage ratio was 2.08 to 1.00) and had no outstanding borrowings under
the unfunded revolving credit facility. Considering our current liquidity position, short-term financial forecasts and ability to
prepay the term loans, if necessary, we expect to continue to be in compliance with our financial covenants at the end of our
first quarter of fiscal year ending June 30, 2018.

Debt Redemption:

In December 2014, we redeemed the $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2018 Senior Notes. The redemption
resulted in a pre-tax net loss on extinguishment of debt of $131.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2014,
after an offset of a $1.2 million of gain upon the termination of the non-designated forward contract described below.

In addition, in November 2014, we entered into a non-designated forward contract to lock the treasury rate to be used
for determining the redemption amount as part of our plan to redeem the existing 2018 Senior Notes. The notional amount of

the non-designated forward contract was $750.0 million. For additional details, refer to Note 16, “Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities” to the consolidated financial statements.

Contractual Obligations

The following is a schedule summarizing our significant obligations to make future payments under contractual

obligations as of June 30, 2017:

(In thousands)
Debt obligations(1) ....... $2,946,250 $ 250,000 $
Interest payment

Total

2018

Fiscal year ending June 30,

2019

2020
— $ 696,250 $

2021

2022

2023 and
thereafter

Others

— $ 500,000 $1,500,000 $

—

associated with all
debt obligations(2) .....

Purchase

829,212 116,579 113,610 101,710

92,875

82,563

321,875

commitments(3) ........

432,752 428,903

3,586

142

121

—

Income taxes

payable(4) ..................
Operating leases .........
Cash long-term

incentive program(5) .
Pension obligations(6) ..
Executive Deferred

Savings Plan(7) .........
Other(8) ........................
Total contractual cash

74,344
25,515

—
9,073

—
5,768

—
4,341

—
2,486

—
1,358

—
2,489

74,344
—

163,141
23,938

58,088
1,551

46,809
1,586

34,534
1,534

23,710
1,705

—
2,574

—
14,988

—
—

183,603
34,600

—
28,640

—
4,822

—
1,044

—
94

—
—

— 183,603
—
—

obligations .............. $4,713,355 $ 892,834 $ 176,181 $ 839,555 $ 120,991 $ 586,495 $1,839,352 $ 257,947

__________________

(1) In November 2014, we issued $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of term loans due in fiscal year 2020
(outstanding balance of $446.3 million as of June 30, 2017) and $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes
due from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2035. During our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, we made term loan principal
payments of $130.0 million.

(2) The interest payments associated with the Senior Notes obligations included in the table above are based on the principal
amount multiplied by the applicable coupon rate for each series of Senior Notes. Our future interest payments are subject
to change if our then effective credit rating is below investment grade as discussed above. The interest payments under
the term loans are payable on the borrowed amounts at the LIBOR plus 125 bps. As of June 30, 2017, we utilized the
existing interest rates to project our estimated term loans interest payments for the next five years. The interest payment
under the revolving credit facility for the undrawn balance is payable at 15 bps as a commitment fee based on the daily
undrawn balance and we utilized the existing rate for the projected interest payments included in the table above. Our
future interest payments for the term loans and the revolving credit facility are subject to change due to future fluctuations
in the LIBOR rates as well as any upgrades or downgrades to our then effective credit rating.

(3) Represents an estimate of significant commitments to purchase inventory from our suppliers as well as an estimate of
significant purchase commitments associated with other goods and services in the ordinary course of business. Our
liability under these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as mutually agreed upon
between the parties. This forecasted time-horizon can vary among different suppliers. Actual expenditures will vary
based upon the volume of the transactions and length of contractual service provided. In addition, the amounts paid under

these arrangements may be less in the event the arrangements are renegotiated or canceled. Certain agreements provide
for potential cancellation penalties.

(4) Represents the estimated income tax payable obligation related to uncertain tax positions as well as related accrued
interest. We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years due to
uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes.

(5) Represents the amount committed under our cash long-term incentive program. The expected payment after estimated

forfeitures is approximately $133.0 million.

(6) Represents an estimate of expected benefit payments up to fiscal year 2027 that was actuarially determined and excludes
the minimum cash required to contribute to the plan. As of June 30, 2017, our defined pension plans do not have material
required minimum cash contribution obligations.

(7) Represents the amount committed under our non-qualified executive deferred compensation plan. We are unable to make
a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years due to the uncertainties in the timing around
participant’s separation and any potential changes that participants may decide to make to the previous distribution
elections.

(8) Includes $20.8 million of employee-related retention commitments in connection with the retention program adopted at
the time we entered into the Merger Agreement with Lam Research as well as the amount committed for accrued
dividends payable of $13.8 million, substantially all of which are for the special cash dividend for the unvested restricted
stock units as of the dividend record date as well as quarterly cash dividends from unvested restricted stock units granted
with dividend equivalent rights. For additional details, refer to Note 8, “Equity and Long-term Incentive Compensation
Plans.”

We have adopted a cash-based long-term incentive (“Cash LTI”) program for many of our employees as part of our
employee compensation program. Cash LTI awards issued to employees under the Cash Long-Term Incentive Plan (“Cash
LTI Plan”) generally vest in three or four equal installments, with one-third or one-fourth of the aggregate amount of the
Cash LTI award vesting on each yearly anniversary of the grant date over a three or four-year period. In order to receive
payments under the Cash LTI Plan, participants must remain employed by us as of the applicable award vesting date.

We have agreements with financial institutions to sell certain of our trade receivables and promissory notes from
customers without recourse. In addition, we periodically sell certain letters of credit (“LCs”), without recourse, received from
customers in payment for goods and services.

The following table shows total receivables sold under factoring agreements and proceeds from sales of LCs for the

indicated periods:

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Receivables sold under factoring agreements ..................................... $
Proceeds from sales of LCs ................................................................ $

152,509 $
48,780 $

205,790 $
21,904 $

137,285
6,920

Factoring and LC fees for the sale of certain trade receivables were recorded in other expense (income), net and were

not material for the periods presented.

We maintain guarantee arrangements available through various financial institutions for up to $25.3 million, of which
$22.1 million had been issued as of June 30, 2017, primarily to fund guarantees to customs authorities for value-added tax
(“VAT”) and other operating requirements of our subsidiaries in Europe and Asia.

We maintain certain open inventory purchase commitments with our suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous
supply for key components. Our liability under these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-
horizon as mutually agreed upon between the parties. This forecasted time-horizon can vary among different suppliers. Our
open inventory purchase commitments were approximately $432.8 million as of June 30, 2017 and are primarily due within
the next 12 months. Actual expenditures will vary based upon the volume of the transactions and length of contractual service
provided. In addition, the amounts paid under these arrangements may be less in the event that the arrangements are
renegotiated or canceled. Certain agreements provide for potential cancellation penalties.

We provide standard warranty coverage on our systems for 40 hours per week for 12 months, providing labor and parts
necessary to repair and maintain the systems during the warranty period. We account for the estimated warranty cost as a
charge to costs of revenues when revenue is recognized. The estimated warranty cost is based on historical product
performance and field expenses. The actual product performance and/or field expense profiles may differ, and in those cases
we adjust our warranty accruals accordingly. The difference between the estimated and actual warranty costs tends to be
larger for new product introductions as there is limited historical product performance to estimate warranty expense; our
warranty charge estimates for more mature products with longer product performance histories tend to be more stable. Non-
standard warranty coverage generally includes services incremental to the standard 40-hours per week coverage for 12
months. See Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

Working Capital:

Working capital was $3.10 billion as of June 30, 2017, which was an increase of $233.3 million compared to our
working capital as of June 30, 2016. As of June 30, 2017, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of $3.02 billion of cash,
cash equivalents and marketable securities. Our liquidity is affected by many factors, some of which are based on the normal
ongoing operations of the business, and others of which relate to the uncertainties of global and regional economies and the
semiconductor and the semiconductor equipment industries. Although cash requirements will fluctuate based on the timing
and extent of these factors, we believe that cash generated from operations, together with the liquidity provided by existing
cash and cash equivalents balances and our $500.0 million unfunded revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to satisfy our
liquidity requirements associated with working capital needs, capital expenditures, dividends, stock repurchases and other
contractual obligations, including repayment of outstanding debt, for at least the next 12 months.

Our credit ratings as of June 30, 2017 are summarized below:

Rating Agency
Fitch ...............................................................................................................................................................
Moody’s .........................................................................................................................................................
Standard & Poor’s ..........................................................................................................................................

Rating
BBB-
Baa2
BBB

Factors that can affect our credit ratings include changes in our operating performance, the economic environment,
conditions in the semiconductor and semiconductor equipment industries, our financial position and changes in our business
strategy.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Under our foreign currency risk management strategy, we utilize derivative instruments to protect our earnings and
cash flows from unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by volatility in currency exchange rates. This
financial exposure is monitored and managed as an integral part of our overall risk management program, which focuses on
the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects that the volatility of these markets
may have on our operating results. We continue our policy of hedging our current and forecasted foreign currency exposures
with hedging instruments having tenors of up to 18 months (see Note 16, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”
to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details). Our outstanding hedge contracts, with maximum remaining
maturities of approximately ten months and seven months as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were as follows:

(In thousands)

Cash flow hedge contracts

As of June 30,

2017

2016

Purchase ................................................................................................................... $
Sell ........................................................................................................................... $

19,305 $
128,672 $

7,591
91,793

Other foreign currency hedge contracts

165,563 $
118,504 $

122,275
115,087

In October 2014, in anticipation of the issuance of the Senior Notes, we entered into a series of forward contracts (“Rate
Lock Agreements”) to lock the benchmark rate on a portion of the Senior Notes. The objective of the Rate Lock Agreements
was to hedge the risk associated with the variability in interest rates due to the changes in the benchmark rate leading up to
the closing of the intended financing, on the notional amount being hedged. The Rate Lock Agreements had a notional amount
of $1.00 billion in aggregate which matured in the second quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. We designated each
of the Rate Lock Agreements as a qualifying hedging instrument and accounted for as a cash flow hedge, under which the
effective portion of the gain or loss on the close out of the Rate Lock Agreements was initially recognized in accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity and subsequently amortized into earnings as
a component of interest expense over the term of the underlying debt. The ineffective portion, if any, was recognized in
earnings immediately. The Rate Lock Agreements were terminated on the date of pricing of the $1.25 billion of 4.650%
Senior Notes due in 2024 and we recorded the fair value of $7.5 million as a gain within accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) as of December 31, 2014. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we recognized $0.8 million,
$0.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for the amortization of the gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss), which amount reduced the interest expense. As of June 30, 2017, the unamortized portion of the fair value of
the forward contracts for the rate lock agreements was $5.5 million. The cash proceeds of $7.5 million from the settlement
of the Rate Lock Agreements were included in the cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash
flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 because the designated hedged item was classified as interest expense in the
cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

In addition, in November 2014, we entered into a non-designated forward contract to lock the treasury rate used to
determine the redemption amount of the 2018 Senior Notes that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2014.
The objective of the forward contract was to hedge the risk associated with the variability of the redemption amount due to
changes in interest rates through the redemption of the existing 2018 Senior Notes. The forward contract had a notional
amount of $750.0 million. The forward contract was terminated in December 2014 and the resulting fair value of $1.2 million
was included in the loss on extinguishment of debt and other, net line in the consolidated statements of operations, partially
offsetting the loss on redemption of the debt during the three months ended December 31, 2014. The cash proceeds from the
forward contract were included in the cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, partially offsetting the cash outflows for the redemption of the 2018 Senior Notes.

Indemnification Obligations. Subject to certain limitations, we are obligated to indemnify our current and former
directors, officers and employees with respect to certain litigation matters and investigations that arise in connection with
their service to us. These obligations arise under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, applicable contracts,
and Delaware and California law. The obligation to indemnify generally means that we are required to pay or reimburse the
individuals’ reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities incurred in connection with these matters.
For example, we have paid or reimbursed legal expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of our historical stock
option practices and the related litigation and government inquiries by a number of our current and former directors, officers
and employees. Although the maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under the
indemnification obligations generally described in this paragraph is theoretically unlimited, we believe the fair value of this
liability, to the extent estimable, is appropriately considered within the reserve we have established for currently pending
legal proceedings.

We are a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party with
respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in connection with contracts and license agreements or the sale
of assets, under which we customarily agree to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from, or provide customers
with other remedies to protect against, bodily injury or damage to personal property caused by our products, non-compliance
with our product performance specifications, infringement by our products of third-party intellectual property rights and a
breach of warranties, representations and covenants related to matters such as title to assets sold, validity of certain intellectual
property rights, non-infringement of third-party rights, and certain income tax-related matters. In each of these circumstances,
payment by us is typically subject to the other party making a claim to and cooperating with us pursuant to the procedures
specified in the particular contract. This usually allows us to challenge the other party’s claims or, in case of breach of
intellectual property representations or covenants, to control the defense or settlement of any third-party claims brought
against the other party. Further, our obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of amounts, activity (typically
at our option to replace or correct the products or terminate the agreement with a refund to the other party), and duration. In
some instances, we may have recourse against third parties and/or insurance covering certain payments made by us.

In addition, we may in limited circumstances enter into agreements that contain customer-specific commitments on
pricing, tool reliability, spare parts stocking levels, service response time and other commitments. Furthermore, we may give
these customers limited audit or inspection rights to enable them to confirm that we are complying with these commitments.
If a customer elects to exercise its audit or inspection rights, we may be required to expend significant resources to support
the audit or inspection, as well as to defend or settle any dispute with a customer that could potentially arise out of such audit
or inspection. To date, we have made no significant accruals in our consolidated financial statements for this contingency.
While we have not in the past incurred significant expenses for resolving disputes regarding these types of commitments, we
cannot make any assurance that we will not incur any such liabilities in the future.

It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due
to the conditional nature of our obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement.
Historically, payments made by us under these agreements have not had a material effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and
marketable equity security prices. To mitigate these risks, we utilize derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency
hedges. All of the potential changes noted below are based on sensitivity analyses performed on our financial position as of
June 30, 2017. Actual results may differ materially.

As of June 30, 2017, we had an investment portfolio of fixed income securities of $2.10 billion. These securities, as
with all fixed income instruments, are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if market interest rates increase. If
market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 100 bps from levels as of June 30, 2017, the fair value
of the portfolio would have declined by $21.9 million.

In November 2014, we issued $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior, unsecured long-term notes
(collectively referred to as “Senior Notes”) due in various fiscal years ranging from 2018 to 2035. The fair market value of
long-term fixed interest rate notes is subject to interest rate risk. Generally, the fair market value of fixed interest rate notes
will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. As of June 30, 2017, the fair value and the book value of
our Senior Notes were $2.67 billion and $2.50 billion, respectively. Additionally, the interest expense for the Senior Notes is
subject to interest rate adjustments following a downgrade of our credit ratings below investment grade by the credit rating
agencies. Following a rating change below investment grade, the stated interest rate for each series of Senior Notes may
increase between 25 bps to 100 bps based on the adjusted credit rating. Refer to Note 7, “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Part II, Item 8 and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
“Liquidity and Capital Resources,” in Part II, Item 7 for additional details. Factors that can affect our credit ratings include
changes in our operating performance, the economic environment, conditions in the semiconductor and semiconductor
equipment industries, our financial position, and changes in our business strategy. As of June 30, 2017, if our credit rating
was downgraded below investment grade by Moody’s and S&P, the maximum potential increase to our annual interest
expense on the Senior Notes, considering a 200 bps increase to the stated interest rate for each series of our Senior Notes, is
estimated to be approximately $46.7 million.

In November 2014, we entered into $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior, unsecured
prepayable term loans due in 2019 and a $500.0 million unfunded revolving credit facility. The interest rates for the term
loans are based on LIBOR plus a fixed spread and this spread is subject to adjustment in conjunction with our credit rating
downgrades or upgrades. The spread ranges from 100 bps to 175 bps based on the adjusted credit rating. The fair value of the
term loans is subject to interest rate risk only to the extent of the fixed spread portion of the interest rates which does not
fluctuate with change in interest rates. As of June 30, 2017, the difference between book value and fair value of our term
loans was immaterial. We are also obligated to pay an annual commitment fee of 15 bps on the daily undrawn balance of the
unfunded revolving credit facility which is also subject to an adjustment in conjunction with our credit rating downgrades or
upgrades. The annual commitment fee ranges from 10 bps to 25 bps on the daily undrawn balance of the revolving credit
facility, depending upon the then effective credit rating. As of June 30, 2017, if LIBOR-based interest rates increased by 100
bps, the change would increase our annual interest expense annually by approximately $4.0 million as it relates to our
borrowings under the term loans. Additionally, as of June 30, 2017, if our credit rating was downgraded to be below
investment grade, the maximum potential increase to our annual interest expense for the term loans and the revolving credit
facility, using the highest range of the ranges discussed above, is estimated to be approximately $2.7 million.

See Note 4, “Marketable Securities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8; Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” in Part II,
Item 7; and Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of recent market events that
may affect the value of the investments in our portfolio that we held as of June 30, 2017.

As of June 30, 2017, we had net forward and option contracts to sell $62.3 million in foreign currency in order to hedge
certain currency exposures (see Note 16, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional details). If we had entered into these contracts on June 30, 2017, the U.S. dollar equivalent would

have been $57.7 million. A 10% adverse move in all currency exchange rates affecting the contracts would decrease the fair
value of the contracts by $29.6 million. However, if this occurred, the fair value of the underlying exposures hedged by the
contracts would increase by a similar amount. Accordingly, we believe that, as a result of the hedging of certain of our foreign
currency exposure, changes in most relevant foreign currency exchange rates should have no material impact on our income
or cash flows.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 .............................................................................................. 65

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ........................... 66

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ........ 67

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ............ 68

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ........................... 69

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...................................................................................................................... 70

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .............................................................................................. 113

KLA-TENCOR CORPORATION
Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of June 30,

2017

2016

(In thousands, except par value)
ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents ........................................................................................ $
Marketable securities ...............................................................................................
Accounts receivable, net ..........................................................................................
Inventories ...............................................................................................................
Other current assets ..................................................................................................
Total current assets ...........................................................................................
Land, property and equipment, net ..................................................................................
Goodwill ..........................................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes .....................................................................................................
Purchased intangibles, net................................................................................................
Other non-current assets ..................................................................................................

Total assets ........................................................................................................ $

1,153,051 $
1,863,689
571,117
732,988
71,221
4,392,066
283,975
349,526
291,967
18,963
195,676
5,532,173 $

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable ..................................................................................................... $
Deferred system profit .............................................................................................
Unearned revenue ....................................................................................................
Current portion of long-term debt ............................................................................
Other current liabilities ............................................................................................
Total current liabilities ......................................................................................

147,380 $
180,861
65,507
249,983
649,431
1,293,162

Non-current liabilities:

Long-term debt .........................................................................................................
Unearned revenue ....................................................................................................
Other non-current liabilities .....................................................................................
Total liabilities ..................................................................................................

2,680,474
59,713
172,407
4,205,756

1,108,488
1,382,806
613,233
698,635
64,870
3,868,032
278,014
335,177
302,219
4,331
174,659
4,962,432

106,517
174,551
59,147
—
662,208
1,002,423

3,057,936
56,336
156,623
4,273,318

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 13 and 14)
Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, none outstanding ........
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, 261,654 and

260,619 shares issued, 156,840 and 155,955 shares outstanding, as of June 30,
2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively ..................................................................
Capital in excess of par value ..................................................................................
Retained earnings ....................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ....................................................
Total stockholders’ equity .................................................................................
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity .......................................................... $

—

157
529,126
848,457
(51,323)
1,326,417
5,532,173 $

156
452,818
284,825
(48,685)
689,114
4,962,432

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

KLA-TENCOR CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues:

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Product ........................................................................................ $
Service ........................................................................................
Total revenues ......................................................................

2,703,934 $
776,080
3,480,014

2,250,260 $
734,233
2,984,493

2,125,396
688,653
2,814,049

Costs and expenses:

Costs of revenues ........................................................................
Research and development ..........................................................
Selling, general and administrative .............................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt and other, net ............................
Interest expense ...........................................................................
Other expense (income), net .......................................................

1,287,547
526,870
389,336
—
122,476
(19,461)

1,163,391
481,258
379,399
—
122,887
(20,634 )

Income before income taxes ...............................................................
Provision for income taxes .................................................................
Net income .......................................................................................... $

1,173,246
247,170
926,076 $

858,192
153,770
704,422 $

1,215,229
530,616
406,864
131,669
106,009
(10,469)

434,131
67,973
366,158

Net income per share:

Basic............................................................................................ $

Diluted ........................................................................................ $

5.92 $

5.88 $

4.52 $

4.49 $

2.26

2.24

Cash dividends declared per share (including a special

cash dividend of $16.50 per share declared during the three
months ended December 31, 2014) ................................................ $

Weighted-average number of shares:

2.14 $

2.08 $

18.50

Basic............................................................................................

Diluted ........................................................................................

156,468

157,481

155,869

156,779

162,282

163,701

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

KLA-TENCOR CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Net income ...................................................................................................................... $ 926,076 $704,422 $ 366,158
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Currency translation adjustments:

Change in currency translation adjustments ..........................................................
Change in income tax benefit or expense ..............................................................
Net change related to currency translation adjustments ....................................

2,332
(562)
1,770

(3,898)
1,399
(2,499)

(20,740)
8,086
(12,654)

Cash flow hedges:

Change in net unrealized gains or losses ...............................................................
Reclassification adjustments for net gains or losses included in net income .........
Change in income tax benefit or expense ..............................................................
Net change related to cash flow hedges ............................................................

10,138
(3,222)
(2,470)
4,446

(9,622)
3,722
2,122
(3,778)

13,745
(6,615)
(2,565)
4,565

Net change related to unrecognized losses and transition obligations in connection

with defined benefit plans ......................................................................................

(1,534)

(4,552)

(147)

Available-for-sale securities:

Change in net unrealized gains or losses ...............................................................
(1,069)
Reclassification adjustments for net gains or losses included in net income .........
(2,119)
Change in income tax benefit or expense ..............................................................
1,122
Net change related to available-for-sale securities ............................................
(2,066)
(10,302)
Other comprehensive income (loss) .................................................................................
Total comprehensive income ........................................................................................... $ 923,438 $696,310 $ 355,856

3,549
(312)
(520)
2,717
(8,112)

(8,568)
(191)
1,439
(7,320)
(2,638)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

KLA-TENCOR CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Amount

Common Stock and
Capital in Excess of
Par Value

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

Balances as of June 30, 2014 ...................................... 165,448 $ 1,220,504 $ 2,479,113 $ (30,271) $ 3,669,346
366,158
Net income ..................................................................
Other comprehensive loss ...........................................
(10,302)
Net issuance under employee stock plans ...................
16,186
Repurchase of common stock .....................................
(608,856)
Cash dividends ($18.50 per share including a special
cash dividend of $16.50 per share declared during
the three months ended December 31, 2014) and
dividend equivalents declared ................................
Stock-based compensation expense ............................
Tax benefit for equity awards .....................................

— (3,083,059)
55,302
—
16,664
—

366,158
—
—
(581,965)

—
(10,302)
—
—

—
—
16,186
(26,891)

(2,275,668)
—
—

—
—
1,658
(9,255)

(807,391)
55,302
16,664

—
—
—

Balances as of June 30, 2015 ...................................... 157,851
—
Net income ..................................................................
Other comprehensive loss ...........................................
—
1,589
Net issuance under employee stock plans ...................
Repurchase of common stock .....................................
(3,445)
Cash dividends ($2.08 per share) and dividend

equivalents declared ...............................................
—
Stock-based compensation expense ............................
—
Tax benefit for equity awards .....................................
—
Balances as of June 30, 2016 ...................................... 155,995
—
Net income ..................................................................
Other comprehensive loss ...........................................
—
1,088
Net issuance under employee stock plans ...................
(243)
Repurchase of common stock .....................................
Cash dividends ($2.14 per share) and dividend

474,374
—
—
14,354
(10,049)

(82,295)
45,050
11,540
452,974
—
—
26,132
(766)

(12,362)
704,422
—
—
(165,694)

(241,541)
—
—
284,825
926,076
—
—
(24,236)

(40,573)
—
(8,112)
—
—

421,439
704,422
(8,112)
14,354
(175,743)

—
—
—
(48,685)
—
(2,638)
—
—

(323,836)
45,050
11,540
689,114
926,076
(2,638)
26,132
(25,002)

equivalents declared ...............................................
Stock-based compensation expense ............................

—
—

—
50,943

(338,208)
—

—
—

(338,208)
50,943

Balances as of June 30, 2017 ...................................... 156,840 $ 529,283 $

848,457 $ (51,323) $ 1,326,417

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

KLA-TENCOR CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Year Ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Net income ............................................................................................................................... $

926,076

704,422

366,158

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization ................................................................................................

Asset impairment charges ........................................................................................................

Loss on extinguishment of debt and other, net ........................................................................

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense .........................................................................

Deferred income taxes .............................................................................................................

Excess tax benefit from equity awards ....................................................................................

57,836

358

—

50,943

4,007

—

Net gain on sales of marketable securities and other investments ..........................................

(1,207 )

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of business acquisition:

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable, net ............................................................

Decrease (increase) in inventories ................................................................................

Decrease (increase) in other assets ................................................................................

Increase in accounts payable .........................................................................................

Increase in deferred system profit .................................................................................

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities ...........................................................................

39,898

(46,433 )

(26,596 )

40,100

6,310

28,373

Net cash provided by operating activities..................................................................

1,079,665

Cash flows from investing activities:

Acquisition of non-marketable securities ................................................................................

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired ..............................................................................

Capital expenditures, net .........................................................................................................

Proceeds from sale of assets ....................................................................................................

(3,430 )

(28,560 )

(38,594 )

2,947

66,932

1,396

—

45,050

19,804

(11,936)

(5,887)

(8,292)

(67,579)

14,613

3,109

25,860

(27,796)

759,696

—

(31,741)

7,076

Purchases of available-for-sale securities ................................................................................

(1,626,983 )

(1,175,720)

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities .................................................................

Proceeds from maturity of available-for-sale securities ..........................................................

Purchases of trading securities ................................................................................................

Proceeds from sale of trading securities ..................................................................................

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ......................................................

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs ............................................................

Repayment of debt ...................................................................................................................

Issuance of common stock .......................................................................................................

Tax withholding payments related to vested and released restricted stock units ....................

Common stock repurchases .....................................................................................................

Payment of dividends to stockholders .....................................................................................

Excess tax benefit from equity awards ....................................................................................

Net cash used in financing activities .............................................................................

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................................................

434,873

699,293

(97,525 )

97,093

(560,886 )

—

(130,000 )

45,359

(19,169 )

(25,002 )

(343,993 )

—

(472,805 )

(1,411 )

44,563

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ..............................................................................

1,108,488

737,817

602,446

(68,378)

73,187

144,687

—

(135,000)

38,298

(23,942)

(181,711)

(346,283)

11,936

(636,702)

2,782

270,463

838,025

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ........................................................................................ $

1,153,051

1,108,488

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

Income taxes paid, net ............................................................................................................. $

Interest paid ............................................................................................................................. $

234,053

119,998

105,187

120,433

Non-cash activities:

Purchase of land, property and equipment - investing activities ............................................ $

Business acquisition holdback amounts- investing activities ................................................. $

Unsettled common stock repurchase - financing activities ..................................................... $

Dividends payable - financing activities ................................................................................. $

3,299

5,318

—

13,772

2,035

—

19,556

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

80,536

2,126

131,669

55,302

(24,245 )

(15,403 )

(2,119 )

(118,520 )

27,500

11,135

848

768

90,151

605,906

—

(45,791 )

—

(1,731,551 )

1,993,396

699,108

(60,808 )

63,867

918,221

3,224,906

(916,117 )

47,008

(30,229 )

(602,888 )

(3,041,055 )

15,403

(1,302,972 )

(13,991 )

207,164

630,861

838,025

69,681

92,982

1,843

—

5,968

42,002

KLA-TENCOR CORPORATION
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1— DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business and Principles of Consolidation. KLA-Tencor Corporation (“KLA-Tencor” or the
“Company”) is a leading supplier of process control and yield management solutions for the semiconductor and related
nanoelectronics industries. KLA-Tencor’s broad portfolio of inspection and metrology products, and related service, software
and other offerings primarily supports integrated circuit, which is referred to as an “IC” or “chip,” manufacturers throughout
the entire semiconductor fabrication process, from research and development to final volume production. KLA-Tencor
provides leading-edge equipment, software and support that enable IC manufacturers to identify, resolve and manage
significant advanced technology manufacturing process challenges and obtain higher finished product yields at lower overall
cost. In addition to serving the semiconductor industry, KLA-Tencor also provides a range of technology solutions to a
number of other high technology industries, including the advanced packaging, light emitting diode (“LED”), power devices,
compound semiconductor, and data storage industries, as well as general materials research. Headquartered in Milpitas,
California, KLA-Tencor has subsidiaries both in the United States and in key markets throughout the world.

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of KLA-Tencor and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All

significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Terminated Merger Agreement. On October 20, 2015, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger
and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement” or “Merger”) with Lam Research Corporation (“Lam Research”) which was
subject to regulatory approvals. On October 5, 2016, the parties mutually agreed to terminate the Merger Agreement and no
termination fees were payable by either party.

Management Estimates. The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions in
applying the Company’s accounting policies that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities (and related disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities) at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities. All highly liquid debt instruments with original or remaining maturities
of less than three months at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. Marketable securities are generally
classified as available-for-sale for use in current operations, if required, and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains
and losses, net of tax, presented as a separate component of stockholders’ equity under the caption “Accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss).” All realized gains and losses and unrealized losses resulting from declines in fair value that
are other than temporary are recorded in earnings in the period of occurrence. The specific identification method is used to
determine the realized gains and losses on investments. For all investments in debt and equity securities, the Company
assesses whether the impairment is other than temporary. If the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost
basis, an impairment is considered other than temporary if (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security or it is more
likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its entire amortized cost basis, or (ii)
the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security. If an impairment is considered other than
temporary based on condition (i), the entire difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of the security is
recognized in earnings. If an impairment is considered other than temporary based on condition (ii), the amount representing
credit losses, defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized
cost basis of the debt security, will be recognized in earnings, and the amount relating to all other factors will be recognized
in other comprehensive income (loss). The Company evaluates both qualitative and quantitative factors such as duration and
severity of the unrealized losses, credit ratings, default and loss rates of the underlying collateral, structure and credit
enhancements to determine if a credit loss may exist.

Non-Marketable Equity Securities and Other Investments. KLA-Tencor acquires certain equity investments for the
promotion of business and strategic objectives, and, to the extent these investments continue to have strategic value, the
Company typically does not attempt to reduce or eliminate the inherent market risks. Non-marketable equity securities and
other investments are recorded at historical cost. Non-marketable equity securities and other investments are included in
“Other non-current assets” on the balance sheet. Non-marketable equity securities are subject to a periodic impairment review;
however, there are no open-market valuations, and the impairment analysis requires significant judgment. This analysis
includes assessment of the investee’s financial condition, the business outlook for its products and technology, its projected
results and cash flow, the likelihood of obtaining subsequent rounds of financing and the impact of any relevant contractual
equity preferences held by the Company or others.

Variable Interest Entities. KLA-Tencor uses a qualitative approach in assessing the consolidation requirement for
variable interest entities. The approach focuses on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities that most
significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and which enterprise has the obligation to absorb
losses or the right to receive benefits from the variable interest entity. In the event that the Company is the primary beneficiary
of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the variable interest entity will be included in
the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company has concluded that none of the Company’s equity
investments require consolidation as per the Company’s most recent qualitative assessment.

Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. Demonstration units are
stated at their manufacturing cost and written down to their net realizable value. The Company reviews and sets standard
costs semi-annually at current manufacturing costs in order to approximate actual costs. The Company’s manufacturing
overhead standards for product costs are calculated assuming full absorption of forecasted spending over projected volumes,
adjusted for excess capacity. Abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and
spoilage are recognized as current period charges. The Company writes down product inventory based on forecasted demand
and technological obsolescence and service spare parts inventory based on forecasted usage. These factors are impacted by
market and economic conditions, technology changes, new product introductions and changes in strategic direction and
require estimates that may include uncertain elements. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand, and such
differences may have a material effect on recorded inventory values.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. A majority of the Company’s accounts receivable are derived from sales to large
multinational semiconductor manufacturers throughout the world. In order to monitor potential credit losses, the Company
performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained
for probable credit losses based upon the Company’s assessment of the expected collectibility of the accounts receivable. The
allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of the allowance.

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation
of property and equipment is based on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The following
table sets forth the estimated useful life for various asset categories:

Asset Category

Range of Useful Lives

Buildings.................................................. 30 to 35 years
Leasehold improvements ......................... Shorter of 15 years or lease term
Machinery and equipment ....................... 2 to 5 years
Office furniture and fixtures .................... 7 years

Construction-in-process assets are not depreciated until the assets are placed in service. Depreciation expense for the

fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $49.1 million, $52.6 million and $55.8 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets. KLA-Tencor assesses goodwill for impairment annually as well as
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Long-lived purchased
intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts
may not be recoverable. See Note 6, “Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets” for additional details.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. KLA-Tencor evaluates the carrying value of its long-lived assets whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized
when estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset, including disposition, are less than the carrying
value of the asset. Such an impairment charge would be measured as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair
value.

Concentration of Credit Risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject KLA-Tencor to significant concentrations
of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities, trade accounts receivable and derivative
financial instruments used in hedging activities. The Company invests in a variety of financial instruments, such as, but not
limited to, certificates of deposit, corporate debt and municipal securities, United States Treasury and Government agency
securities, and equity securities and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution or
commercial issuer. The Company has not experienced any material credit losses on its investments.

A majority of the Company’s accounts receivable are derived from sales to large multinational semiconductor
manufacturers located throughout the world, with a majority located in Asia. In recent years, the Company’s customer base
has become increasingly concentrated due to corporate consolidations, acquisitions and business closures, and to the extent
that these customers experience liquidity issues in the future, the Company may be required to incur additional bad debt
expense with respect to trade receivables. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial
condition and generally requires no collateral to secure accounts receivable. The Company maintains an allowance for
potential credit losses based upon expected collectibility risk of all accounts receivable. In addition, the Company may utilize
letters of credit or non-recourse factoring to mitigate credit risk when considered appropriate.

The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by counterparties on the foreign exchange
contracts that the Company uses in hedging activities and in certain factoring transactions. These counterparties are large
international financial institutions, and to date no such counterparty has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company
under such contracts.

The following customers each accounted for more than 10% of total revenues for the indicated periods:

2017

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company Limited

Year ended June 30,

2016

2015

Micron Technology, Inc.

Intel Corporation

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company Limited

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company Limited

The following customers each accounted for more than 10% of net accounts receivable as of the dates indicated below:

2017

2016

As of June 30,

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited

SK Hynix, Inc.
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited

Foreign Currency. The functional currencies of KLA-Tencor’s foreign subsidiaries are the local currencies, except as
described below. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities of these foreign operations are translated to U.S. dollars at current
period end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated to U.S. dollars using average exchange rates in effect
during the period. The gains and losses from foreign currency translation of these subsidiaries’ financial statements are
recorded directly into a separate component of stockholders’ equity under the caption “Accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss).”

The Company’s manufacturing subsidiaries in Singapore, Israel and Germany use the U.S. dollar as their functional
currency. Accordingly, monetary assets and liabilities in non-functional currency of these subsidiaries are remeasured using
exchange rates in effect at the end of the period. Revenues and costs in local currency are remeasured using average exchange
rates for the period, except for costs related to those balance sheet items that are remeasured using historical exchange rates.
The resulting remeasurement gains and losses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as incurred.

Derivative Financial Instruments. KLA-Tencor uses financial instruments, such as forward exchange contracts and
currency options, to hedge a portion of, but not all, existing and forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions. The
purpose of the Company’s foreign currency program is to manage the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign
currency denominated revenues, costs and eventual cash flows. The effect of exchange rate changes on forward exchange
contracts is expected to offset the effect of exchange rate changes on the underlying hedged items. The Company believes
these financial instruments do not subject the Company to speculative risk that would otherwise result from changes in
currency exchange rates.

All of the Company’s derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices for
comparable instruments adjusted for risk of counterparty non-performance. For derivative instruments designated and
qualifying as cash flow hedges of forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions expected to occur within twelve to
eighteen months, the effective portion of the gain or loss on these hedges is reported as a component of “Accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss)” in stockholders’ equity, and is reclassified into earnings when the hedged transaction affects
earnings. If the transaction being hedged fails to occur, or if a portion of any derivative is (or becomes) ineffective, the gain
or loss on the associated financial instrument is recorded immediately in earnings. For derivative instruments used to hedge
existing foreign currency denominated assets or liabilities, the gains or losses on these hedges are recorded immediately in
earnings to offset the changes in the fair value of the assets or liabilities being hedged.

Warranty. The Company provides standard warranty coverage on its systems for 40 hours per week for 12 months,
providing labor and parts necessary to repair and maintain the systems during the warranty period. The Company accounts
for the estimated warranty cost as a charge to costs of revenues when revenue is recognized. The estimated warranty cost is
based on historical product performance and field expenses. Utilizing actual service records, the Company calculates the
average service hours and parts expense per system and applies the actual labor and overhead rates to determine the estimated
warranty charge. The Company updates these estimated charges on a regular basis. The actual product performance and/or
field expense profiles may differ, and in those cases the Company adjusts its warranty accruals accordingly (see Note 13,
“Commitments and Contingencies”).

Revenue Recognition. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery
has occurred or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.
The Company derives revenue from three sources—sales of systems, spare parts and services. In general, the Company
recognizes revenue for systems when the system has been installed, is operating according to predetermined specifications
and is accepted by the customer. When the Company has demonstrated a history of successful installation and acceptance,
the Company recognizes revenue upon delivery and customer acceptance. Under certain circumstances, however, the
Company recognizes revenue prior to acceptance from the customer, as follows:

• When the customer fab has previously accepted the same tool, with the same specifications, and when the Company

can objectively demonstrate that the tool meets all of the required acceptance criteria.

• When system sales to independent distributors have no installation requirement, contain no acceptance agreement,

and 100% of the payment is due based upon shipment.

• When the installation of the system is deemed perfunctory.

• When the customer withholds acceptance due to issues unrelated to product performance, in which case revenue is

recognized when the system is performing as intended and meets predetermined specifications.

In circumstances in which the Company recognizes revenue prior to installation, the portion of revenue associated with

installation is deferred based on estimated fair value, and that revenue is recognized upon completion of the installation.

In many instances, products are sold in stand-alone arrangements. Services are sold separately through renewals of
annual maintenance contracts. The Company has multiple element revenue arrangements in cases where certain elements of
a sales arrangement are not delivered and accepted in one reporting period. To determine the relative fair value of each
element in a revenue arrangement, the Company allocates arrangement consideration based on the selling price hierarchy.
For substantially all of the arrangements with multiple deliverables pertaining to products and services, the Company uses
vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or third-party evidence (“TPE”) to allocate the selling price to each deliverable.
The Company determines TPE based on historical prices charged for products and services when sold on a stand-alone basis.
When the Company is unable to establish relative selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses estimated selling
price (“ESP”) in its allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the
Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. ESP could potentially be used for
new or customized products. The Company regularly reviews relative selling prices and maintains internal controls over the
establishment and updates of these estimates.

In a multiple element revenue arrangement, the Company defers revenue recognition associated with the relative fair
value of each undelivered element until that element is delivered to the customer. To be considered a separate element, the
product or service in question must represent a separate unit of accounting, which means that such product or service must
fulfill the following criteria: (a) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the
arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered

item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. If the arrangement does not meet all the above
criteria, the entire amount of the sales contract is deferred until all elements are accepted by the customer.

Trade-in rights are occasionally granted to customers to trade in tools in connection with subsequent purchases. The
Company estimates the value of the trade-in right and reduces the revenue recognized on the initial sale. This amount is
recognized at the earlier of the exercise of the trade-in right or the expiration of the trade-in right.

The Company enters into volume purchase agreements with some of its customers. The Company accrues the estimated
credits earned by its customers for such incentives, and in situations when the credit levels vary depending upon sales volume,
the Company updates its accrual based on the amount that the Company estimates will be purchased pursuant to the volume
purchase agreements. Accruals for customer credits are recorded as an offset to revenue or deferred revenue.

Spare parts revenue is recognized when the product has been shipped, risk of loss has passed to the customer and

collection of the resulting receivable is probable.

The Company sells stand-alone software that is subject to software revenue recognition guidance. The Company
periodically reviews selling prices to determine whether VSOE exists, and in situations where the Company is unable to
establish VSOE for undelivered elements such as post-contract service, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the
service contract.

The Company also defers the fair value of non-standard warranty bundled with equipment sales as unearned revenue.
Non-standard warranty includes services incremental to the standard 40-hour per week coverage for 12 months. Non-standard
warranty is recognized ratably as revenue when the applicable warranty term period commences.

The deferred system profit balance equals the value of products that have been shipped and billed to customers which
have not met the Company’s revenue recognition criteria, less applicable product and warranty costs. Deferred system profit
does not include the profit associated with product shipments to certain customers in Japan, to whom title does not transfer
until customer acceptance. Shipments to such customers in Japan are classified as inventory at cost until the time of
acceptance.

Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of sales.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Plans. The Company accounts for stock-based awards granted to
employees for services based on the fair value of those awards. The fair value of stock-based awards is measured at the grant
date and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The fair value for restricted stock units granted
without “dividend equivalent” rights is determined using the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date,
adjusted to exclude the present value of dividends which are not accrued on the restricted stock units. The fair value for
restricted stock units granted with “dividend equivalent” rights is determined using the closing price of the Company’s
common stock on the grant date. The award holder is not entitled to receive payments under dividend equivalent rights unless
the associated restricted stock unit award vests (i.e., the award holder is entitled to receive credits, payable in cash or shares
of the Company’s common stock, equal to the cash dividends that would have been received on the shares of common stock
underlying the restricted stock units had the shares been issued and outstanding on the dividend record date, but such dividend
equivalents are only paid subject to the recipient satisfying the vesting requirements of the underlying award). Additionally,
the Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from the estimated amounts. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model for
purchase rights under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of
assumptions, including the option’s expected term and the expected price volatility of the underlying stock. The expected
stock price volatility assumption is based on the market-based historical implied volatility from traded options of the
Company’s common stock.

Accounting for Cash-Based Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Cash-based long-term incentive (“Cash LTI”)
awards issued to employees under the Company’s Cash LTI program vests in three or four equal installments, with one-third
or one-fourth of the aggregate amount of the Cash LTI award vesting on each yearly anniversary of the grant date over a three
or four-year period. In order to receive payments under a Cash LTI award, participants must remain employed by the
Company as of the applicable award vesting date. Compensation expense related to the Cash LTI awards is recognized over
the vesting term, which is adjusted for the impact of estimated forfeitures.

Accounting for Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. The Company has a non-qualified deferred
compensation plan (known as “Executive Deferred Savings Plan”) under which certain executives and non-employee
directors may defer a portion of their compensation. Participants are credited with returns based on their allocation of their
account balances among measurement funds. The Company controls the investment of these funds, and the participants
remain general creditors of the Company. The Company invests these funds in certain mutual funds and such investments are
classified as trading securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Distributions from the Executive Deferred Savings Plan
commence following a participant’s retirement or termination of employment or on a specified date allowed per the Executive
Deferred Savings Plan provisions, except in cases where such distributions are required to be delayed in order to avoid a
prohibited distribution under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. Participants can generally elect the distributions to be
paid in lump sum or quarterly cash payments over a scheduled period for up to 15 years and are allowed to make subsequent
changes to their existing elections as permissible under the Executive Deferred Savings Plan provisions. The liability
associated with the Executive Deferred Savings Plan is included as a component of other current liabilities in the consolidated

balance sheets. Changes in the Executive Deferred Savings Plan liability is recorded in selling, general and administrative
expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The expense (benefit) associated with changes in the liability included
in selling, general and administrative expense was $20.9 million, $(0.8) million and $10.4 million for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company also has a deferred compensation asset that corresponds to the
liability under the Executive Deferred Savings Plan and it is included as a component of other non-current assets in the
consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the Executive Deferred Savings Plan assets are recorded as gains (losses), net in
selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The amount of net gains included in
selling, general and administrative expense were $20.8 million, $0.1 million and $10.4 million for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the authoritative guidance, which requires
that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between
the book and tax bases of recorded assets and liabilities. The guidance also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a
valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that certain deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company has
determined that a valuation allowance is necessary against certain deferred tax assets, but it anticipates that its future taxable
income will be sufficient to recover the remainder of its deferred tax assets. However, should there be a change in the
Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets that are not subject to a valuation allowance, the Company could be
required to record an additional valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets. This would result in an increase to the
Company’s tax provision in the period in which the Company determines that the recovery is not probable.

The Company applies a two-step approach, based on authoritative guidance, to recognizing and measuring uncertain
tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence
indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in audit, including resolution of related appeals or
litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely
of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This
evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively
settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Any change in these factors could result in the recognition of a tax benefit
or an additional charge to the tax provision.

Net Income Per Share. Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common
stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share
is calculated by using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period increased to include the
number of additional shares of common stock that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential shares of common
stock had been issued. The dilutive effect of restricted stock units and options is reflected in diluted net income per share by
application of the treasury stock method. The dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per
share when a net loss is recorded for the period as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

Contingencies and Litigation. The Company is subject to the possibility of losses from various contingencies.
Considerable judgment is necessary to estimate the probability and amount of any loss from such contingencies. An accrual
is made when it is probable that a liability has been incurred or an asset has been impaired and the amount of loss can be
reasonably estimated. The Company accrues a liability and recognizes as expense the estimated costs expected to be incurred
over the next twelve months to defend or settle asserted and unasserted claims existing as of the balance sheet date. See Note
13, “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 14, “Litigation and Other Legal Matters” for additional details.

Reclassifications. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial statements to conform to the current
year presentation. The reclassifications had no effect on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Income,
Stockholder’s Equity and Cash Flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update for
customer’s cloud based fees. The guidance changes what a customer must consider in determining whether a cloud computing
arrangement contains a software license. If the arrangement contains a software license, the customer would account for the
fees related to the software license element in accordance with guidance related to internal use software; if the arrangement
does not contain a software license, the customer would account for the arrangement as a service contract. The Company
adopted this update beginning in the first quarter of its fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 on a prospective basis and there was
no impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard update on simplifying the accounting for measurement-
period adjustments for business combinations. This standard requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize an
impact of a measurement period adjustment in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined, rather
than retrospectively adjusting previously reported amounts. The standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first
quarter of its fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. The Company adopted the standard in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and
there was no impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update to simplify certain aspects of share-based payment
awards to employees, including the accounting for income taxes, an option to recognize gross stock-based compensation
expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as certain
classifications in the statement of cash flows. The update is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of its
fiscal year ending June 30, 2018, with early adoption permitted and all of the guidance must be adopted in the same period.
However, the Company elected to early-adopt this standard update beginning in the first quarter of its fiscal year ended June
30, 2017.

Impact to Consolidated Statements of Operations

The primary impact of adopting the standard update is a change in the recording of the excess tax benefits or deficiencies
from share-based payments. Before adoption, the Company recognized the excess tax benefits or deficiencies related to stock-
based compensation as a credit or charge to additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) in the Company’s Consolidated Balance
Sheets. Under the standard update, these excess tax benefits or deficiencies are recognized as a discrete tax benefit or discrete
tax expense in the income tax provision in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2017, the Company recognized a discrete tax benefit of $6.6 million related to net excess tax benefits mainly from
stock-based compensation and dividend equivalents. The standard update requires companies to adopt the amendment related
to accounting for excess tax benefits or deficiencies on a prospective basis only and as a result, prior periods were not
retrospectively adjusted.

Impact to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

In addition to the income tax consequence as described above, the standard update for share-based payment requires
that cash flows from excess tax benefits related to share-based payments be reported as operating activities in the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows. Previously, cash flows from excess tax benefit related to share-based payments were reported as
financing activities. The standard update allows for two methods of adoption which are prospective or retrospective
application. The Company elected to adopt this amendment on a prospective basis and as a result, prior periods were not
retrospectively adjusted.

Updates Not Yet Effective

In May 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update regarding revenue from customer contracts to transfer
goods and services or non-financial assets unless the contracts are covered by other standards (for example, insurance or lease
contracts). Under the new guidance, an entity should recognize revenue in connection with the transfer of promised goods or

services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange
for those goods or services. In addition, the new standard requires that reporting companies disclose the nature, amount,
timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new standard is effective for
the Company beginning in the first quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2019 with early adoption permitted beginning in
the first quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2018. The new standard may be applied retrospectively to each prior period
presented (“full retrospective transition method”) or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of
adoption (“modified retrospective transition method”). The FASB has also issued several amendments to the standard since
its initial issuance. The Company intends to adopt the new standard in the first quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2019
and elected a modified retrospective transition method to be applied to completed and incomplete contracts as of adoption
date.

To address the significant implementation requirements of the accounting standard update, the Company has
established a revenue project steering committee and cross-functional implementation team for the implementation of the
standard, including a review of all significant revenue arrangements to identify any differences in the timing, measurement,
presentation of revenue recognition including new disclosure requirements.

The Company has completed its preliminary assessment of the potential impact that the implementation of this new
standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and believes the most significant impact may include the following:

•

The Company will account for the standard 12-month warranty for a majority of its products that is not separately
paid for by the customers as a performance obligation since the Company provides for necessary repairs as well as
preventive maintenance services for such products. The estimated fair value of the service will be deferred and
recognized ratably as revenue over the warranty period.

The Company will generally recognize revenue for its products at a point of time based on judgment of whether or
not the Company has satisfied its performance obligation by transferring control of the product to the customer. In
evaluating whether or not control has been transferred to the customer, the Company will consider whether or not
certain indicators have been met. Not all of the indicators need to be met for the Company to conclude that control
has transferred to the customer. The Company will be required to use significant judgment to evaluate whether or
not the factors indicate that the customer has obtained control of the product and the following factors will be
considered in evaluating whether or not control has transferred to the customer: the Company has a present right to
payment; the customer has legal title; the customer has physical possession; the customer has significant risk and
rewards of ownership; and the customer has accepted the product, or whether customer acceptance is considered a
formality based on history of acceptance of similar products.

The Company will recognize revenue for software licenses at the time of delivery since the Vendor Specific
Objective Evidence (“VSOE”) requirement for undelivered element such as post-contract support is eliminated and
companies are allowed to use established or best estimate selling price for the undelivered element to allocate and
defer the revenue. As a result, the Company will recognize as revenue a portion of the sales price upon delivery of
the software, compared to the current practice of recognizing the entire sales price ratably over the term of the service
contract due to the lack of VSOE.

The Company will continue to assess the impact of the new standard, including potential changes to the accounting
policies, business processes, systems and internal controls over financial reporting and its preliminary assessment of the
impact is subject to change.

In July 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard update for the subsequent measurement of inventory. The
amended guidance requires entities to measure inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is
the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and
transportation. The requirement would replace the current lower of cost or market evaluation and the accounting guidance is
unchanged for inventory measured using last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) or the retail inventory method. The update is effective for

the Company beginning in the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year ending June 30, 2018 and should be applied
prospectively with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company does
not expect that this accounting standard update will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements upon
adoption.

In January 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that changes the accounting for financial instruments
primarily related to equity investments (other than those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that
result in consolidation of the investee), financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure
requirements for financial instruments. The accounting standard update is effective for the Company beginning in the first
quarter of its fiscal year ending 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this
accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which amends the existing accounting standards for
leases. Consistent with current guidance, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising
from a lease by a lessee primarily will depend on its classification. Under the new guidance, a lessee will be required to
recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. The update is effective for the Company
beginning in the first quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2020 using a modified retrospective transition method. Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated
financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that changes the accounting for recognizing impairments
of financial assets. Under the update, credit losses for certain types of financial instruments will be estimated based on
expected losses. The update also modifies the impairment models for available-for-sale debt securities and for purchased
financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. The update is effective for the Company beginning in the first
quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2021, with early adoption permitted starting in the first quarter of fiscal year ending
2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial
statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update to recognize the income tax consequences of intra-
entity transfers of assets other than inventory when they occur. This eliminates the exception to postpone recognition until
the asset has been sold to an outside party. This standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of its
fiscal year ending 2019, and early adoption is permitted. It is required to be applied on a modified retrospective basis through
a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company is
currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued an accounting standard update to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill
by removing the second step of the two-step impairment test, which requires an entity to determine the fair value of assets
and liabilities similar to what is required in a purchase price allocation. Under the update, goodwill impairment will be
calculated as the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value. This standard is effective for the
Company beginning in the first quarter of its fiscal year ending 2021 and requires a prospective approach to adoption. Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated
financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued an accounting standard on clarifying the definition of a business, with the objective
of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or
disposals) of assets or businesses. The standard is effective for the Company for its fiscal year ending June 30, 2019. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that changes the income statement classification of net
periodic benefit cost related to defined benefit pension and/or other postretirement benefit plans. Under the update, employers
will present the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost in the same statement of operations line item(s) as other
employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period. Only the service cost component will be

eligible for capitalization in assets. Employers will present the other components of the net periodic benefit costs separately
from the line item(s) that includes the service cost and outside of any subtotal of operating income, if one is presented. The
standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2019 and early adoption
is permitted. It is required to be applied retrospectively, except for the provision regarding capitalization in assets which is
required to be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on
its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued an accounting standard update regarding stock compensation that provides guidance
about which changes to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification
accounting in order to reduce diversity in practice and reduce complexity. The update is effective for the Company beginning
in the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year ending June 30, 2019 and should be applied prospectively with early adoption
permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of
this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are measured and recorded at fair value, except for certain equity
investments in privately-held companies. These equity investments are generally accounted for under the cost method of
accounting and are periodically assessed for other-than-temporary impairment when an event or circumstance indicates that
an other-than-temporary decline in value may have occurred. The Company’s non-financial assets, such as goodwill,
intangible assets, and land, property and equipment, are recorded at cost and are assessed for impairment when an event or
circumstance indicates that an other-than-temporary decline in value may have occurred.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. KLA-Tencor has evaluated the estimated fair value of financial instruments
using available market information and valuations as provided by third-party sources. The use of different market assumptions
and/or estimation methodologies could have a significant effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The fair value of the
Company’s cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current assets and liabilities approximate their
carrying amounts due to the relatively short maturity of these items.

Fair Value Hierarchy. The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a fair value hierarchy that
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to
unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1

Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the
ability to access.

Level 2

Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not
active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable data for substantially the
full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3

Valuations based on inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the

fair value of the assets or liabilities.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant

to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s financial instruments were classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as of June 30,
2017, because they were valued using quoted market prices, broker/dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with
observable levels of price transparency. As of June 30, 2017, the types of instruments valued based on quoted market prices
in active markets included money market funds, U.S. Treasury securities and certain U.S. Government agency securities.
Such instruments are generally classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

As of June 30, 2017, the types of instruments valued based on other observable inputs included corporate debt securities,
sovereign securities and certain U.S. Government agency securities . The market inputs used to value these instruments
generally consist of market yields, reported trades and broker/dealer quotes. Such instruments are generally classified within
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The principal market in which the Company executes its foreign currency contracts is the institutional market in an
over-the-counter environment with a relatively high level of price transparency. The market participants generally are large
financial institutions. The Company’s foreign currency contracts’ valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and quoted
pricing intervals from public data sources and do not involve management judgment. These contracts are typically classified
within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Financial assets (excluding cash held in operating accounts and time deposits) and liabilities measured at fair value on

a recurring basis as of the date indicated below were presented on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as follows:

As of June 30, 2017 (In thousands)

Total

Assets
Cash equivalents:

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Corporate debt securities ..................................................................... $
Money market funds and other ............................................................
U.S. Government agency securities .....................................................
Sovereign securities .............................................................................

76,472 $

— $

616,039
117,417
10,050

616,039
—
—

Marketable securities:

Corporate debt securities .....................................................................
Sovereign securities .............................................................................
U.S. Government agency securities .....................................................
U.S. Treasury securities .......................................................................
Total cash equivalents and marketable securities(1) ..............................

1,042,723
42,515
391,409
373,299
2,669,924

—
—
368,121
373,299
1,357,459

76,472
—
117,417
10,050

1,042,723
42,515
23,288
—
1,312,465

Other current assets:

Derivative assets ..................................................................................

5,931

—

5,931

Other non-current assets:

Executive Deferred Savings Plan .........................................................
Total financial assets(1) .......................................................................... $

182,150
2,858,005 $

136,145
1,493,604 $

46,005
1,364,401

Liabilities
Other current liabilities:

Derivative liabilities ............................................................................. $
Total financial liabilities ....................................................................... $

(1,275) $
(1,275) $

— $
— $

(1,275)
(1,275)

__________________
(1) Excludes cash of $307.4 million held in operating accounts and time deposits of $39.4 million as of June 30, 2017.

Financial assets (excluding cash held in operating accounts and time deposits) and liabilities measured at fair value on

a recurring basis as of the date indicated below were presented on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as follows:

As of June 30, 2016 (In thousands)

Total

Assets
Cash equivalents:

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Corporate debt securities ................................................................... $
Money market funds and other ..........................................................
U.S. Treasury securities .....................................................................

20,569 $

— $

626,156
68,748

Marketable securities:

Corporate debt securities ...................................................................
Municipal securities ...........................................................................
Sovereign securities ...........................................................................
U.S. Government agency securities ...................................................
U.S. Treasury securities .....................................................................

657,905
5,016
41,257
405,705
258,754

—
—
6,426
385,731
258,754

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities(1) ............................

2,084,110

1,345,815

20,569
—
—

657,905
5,016
34,831
19,974
—

738,295

Other current assets:

Derivative assets ................................................................................

1,095

—

1,095

Other non-current assets:

Executive Deferred Savings Plan .......................................................
Total financial assets(1) ........................................................................ $

162,160
2,247,365 $

106,149
1,451,964 $

56,011
795,401

Liabilities
Other current liabilities:

Derivative liabilities ........................................................................... $
Total financial liabilities ..................................................................... $

(11,647) $
(11,647) $

— $
— $

(11,647)
(11,647)

__________________
(1) Excludes cash of $330.1 million held in operating accounts and time deposits of $77.1 million as of June 30, 2016.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during the fiscal year ended June 30,
2017 or 2016. The Company did not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis within Level 3
fair value measurements as of June 30, 2017 or 2016.

NOTE 3 — FINANCIAL STATEMENT COMPONENTS

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

Accounts receivable, net:

Accounts receivable, gross ................................................................................................................ $
Allowance for doubtful accounts ......................................................................................................

Inventories:

Customer service parts ...................................................................................................................... $
Raw materials ...................................................................................................................................
Work-in-process................................................................................................................................
Finished goods ..................................................................................................................................

Other current assets:

Prepaid expenses ............................................................................................................................... $
Income tax related receivables ..........................................................................................................
Other current assets ...........................................................................................................................

Land, property and equipment, net:

Land .................................................................................................................................................. $
Buildings and leasehold improvements .............................................................................................
Machinery and equipment .................................................................................................................
Office furniture and fixtures .............................................................................................................
Construction-in-process ....................................................................................................................

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization .............................................................................

Other non-current assets:

Executive Deferred Savings Plan ...................................................................................................... $
Other non-current assets ...................................................................................................................

Other current liabilities:

As of June 30,

2017

2016

592,753 $
(21,636)
571,117 $

634,905
(21,672)
613,233

245,172 $
240,389
193,026
54,401
732,988 $

234,712
208,689
187,733
67,501
698,635

36,146 $
22,071
13,004
71,221 $

37,127
18,190
9,553
64,870

40,617 $
319,306
551,277
21,328
4,597
937,125
(653,150)
283,975 $

40,603
313,239
507,378
21,737
5,286
888,243
(610,229)
278,014

182,150 $
13,526
195,676 $

162,160
12,499
174,659

Executive Deferred Savings Plan ...................................................................................................... $
Compensation and benefits ...............................................................................................................
Customer credits and advances .........................................................................................................
Interest payable .................................................................................................................................
Warranty ...........................................................................................................................................
Income taxes payable ........................................................................................................................
Other accrued expenses .....................................................................................................................

183,603 $
172,707
95,188
19,396
45,458
17,040
116,039

162,289
224,496
81,994
19,395
34,773
27,964
111,297

649,431 $

662,208

Other non-current liabilities:

Pension liabilities .............................................................................................................................. $
Income taxes payable ........................................................................................................................
Other non-current liabilities ..............................................................................................................

72,801 $
68,439
31,167

69,418
50,365
36,840

172,407 $

156,623

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) as of the dates indicated below were as

follows:

(In thousands)

Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on
Available-for-Sale
Securities

Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Cash
Flow Hedges

Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Defined
Benefit Plans

Total

Balance as of June 30, 2017 ........................ $

(30,654) $

(3,869) $

5,221 $

(22,021) $ (51,323)

Balance as of June 30, 2016 ........................ $

(32,424) $

3,451 $

775 $

(20,487) $ (48,685)

The effects on net income of amounts reclassified from accumulated OCI to the Consolidated Statements of Operations

for the indicated periods were as follows (in thousands):

Accumulated OCI Components

Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

Location in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

from foreign exchange and interest rate
contracts ........................................................... Revenues ............................... $

Costs of revenues ..................
Interest expense .....................

Net gains reclassified from

2,846 $
(378 )
754

(2,926)
(1,551)
755

accumulated OCI ................ $

3,222 $

(3,722)

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale

securities .......................................................... Other expense (income), net . $

191 $

312

The amounts reclassified out of accumulated OCI related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans, which were
recognized as a component of net periodic cost for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 were $1.9 million and $1.4
million, respectively. For additional details, refer to Note 11, “Employee Benefit Plans.”

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands)

Other expense (income), net:

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Interest income ........................................................................................ $
Foreign exchange losses, net ...................................................................
Net realized gains on sale of investments ...............................................
Other .......................................................................................................

(23,270) $

641
(191)
3,359

(14,507) $
1,235
(311)
(7,051)

(12,545)
1,764
(2,119)
2,431

(19,461) $

(20,634) $

(10,469)

NOTE 4 — MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair value of marketable securities as of the dates indicated below were as follows:

As of June 30, 2017 (In thousands)

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Corporate debt securities .................................. $ 1,120,548 $
Money market funds and other .........................
Sovereign securities ..........................................
U.S. Government agency securities ..................
U.S. Treasury securities ....................................
Subtotal .............................................................
Add: Time deposits(1) .........................................
Less: Cash equivalents ......................................
Marketable securities ........................................ $ 1,868,187 $

616,039
52,621
510,553
374,676
2,674,437
39,389
845,639

598 $
—
—
62
52
712
—
—
712 $

—
(56)
(1,789)
(1,429)
(5,225)
—
(15)

(1,951) $ 1,119,195
616,039
52,565
508,826
373,299
2,669,924
39,389
845,624
(5,210) $ 1,863,689

As of June 30, 2016 (In thousands)
Corporate debt securities .................................. $
Money market funds and other .........................
Municipal securities ..........................................
Sovereign securities ..........................................
U.S. Government agency securities ..................
U.S. Treasury securities ....................................
Subtotal .............................................................
Add: Time deposits(1) .........................................
Less: Cash equivalents ......................................
Marketable securities ........................................ $ 1,378,543 $

Amortized
Cost
676,259 $
626,156
5,014
41,224
404,889
326,321
2,079,863
77,131
778,451

__________________
(1) Time deposits excluded from fair value measurements.

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

2,372 $
—
2
38
830
1,181
4,423
—
1
4,422 $

678,474
(157) $
626,156
—
5,016
—
41,257
(5)
405,705
(14)
327,502
—
2,084,110
(176)
77,131
—
778,435
(17)
(159) $ 1,382,806

KLA-Tencor’s investment portfolio consists of both corporate and government securities that have a maximum maturity
of three years. The longer the duration of these securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates
and bond yields. As yields increase, those securities with a lower yield-at-cost show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. All
unrealized losses are due to changes in market interest rates, bond yields and/or credit ratings. The Company believes that it
has the ability to realize the full value of all of these investments upon maturity. The following table summarizes the fair
value and gross unrealized losses of the Company’s investments that were in an unrealized loss position as of the date
indicated below:

As of June 30, 2017 (In thousands)
Corporate debt securities ................................................................................................. $
U.S. Government agency securities .................................................................................
U.S. Treasury securities ...................................................................................................
Sovereign securities .........................................................................................................
Total ................................................................................................................................. $

Fair Value

716,934 $
328,868
324,555
42,515
1,412,872 $

__________________

Gross
Unrealized
Losses(1)

(1,940)
(1,786)
(1,429)
(55)
(5,210)

(1)

As of June 30, 2017, the amount of total gross unrealized losses related to investments that had been in a continuous
loss position for 12 months or more was immaterial.

The contractual maturities of securities classified as available-for-sale, regardless of their classification on the

Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, as of the date indicated below were as follows:

As of June 30, 2017 (In thousands)

Due within one year ......................................................................................................... $
Due after one year through three years ............................................................................

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

661,679 $

1,206,508
1,868,187 $

661,184
1,202,505
1,863,689

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Realized gains on available for sale securities for the fiscal years
ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $0.4 million, $0.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Realized losses on
available for sale securities were immaterial for all years presented.

NOTE 5 - BUSINESS COMBINATION

On June 9, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of the outstanding shares of a privately-held company that
designs and manufactures optical profilers and defect inspection systems for advanced semiconductor packaging, LED and
data storage industries, for total purchase consideration of $36.9 million, including cash paid of $31.6 million at closing. The
remaining acquisition holdback amount of $5.3 million will be paid before the end of calendar year 2017. The primary reason
for the acquisition is to expand the Company’s portfolio of products.

The following table represents the preliminary purchase price allocation and summarizes the aggregate estimated fair

value of the net assets acquired on the closing date of the acquisition:

(In thousands)

Preliminary Purchase
Price Allocation

Intangible assets ......................................................................................................................................... $
Goodwill ....................................................................................................................................................
Assets acquired (including cash and marketable securities of $3.2 million) .............................................
Liabilities assumed ....................................................................................................................................

Fair value of net assets acquired .............................................................................................................. $

17,660
14,280
6,294
(1,334)

36,900

The operating results of the acquired entity have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2017. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net
tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. The $14.3 million of goodwill was assigned to the Global Service and
Support (“GSS”), and the Other reporting units. None of the goodwill recognized is deductible for income tax purposes.

NOTE 6 — GOODWILL AND PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible
assets acquired in the current and prior business combinations. The Company has four reporting units: Wafer Inspection,
Patterning, GSS, and Others. The following table presents goodwill balances and the movements by reporting unit during the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016:

(In thousands)

Wafer Inspection

Patterning

GSS

Others

Total

Balance as of June 30, 2015 ..... $
Goodwill reallocation ..............
Foreign currency adjustment ...

Balance as of June 30, 2016 .....
Acquired goodwill ...................
Foreign currency adjustment ...

332,783 (1) $
(51,671) (3)

2,480 (2) $
50,775 (3)

(86)

281,026
—
69

—

53,255
—
—

— $
—
—

—
2,856
—

— $
896 (3)
—

896
11,424
—

335,263
—
(86)

335,177
14,280
69

Balance as of June 30, 2017 ..... $

281,095 $

53,255 $

2,856 $

12,320 $

349,526

__________________

(1)

The balance as of June 30, 2015, reflects goodwill for the Defect Inspection reporting unit under the old reporting
structure which was renamed as Wafer Inspection under a new reporting structure after certain components were
allocated out.

(2)

The balance as of June 30, 2015, reflects goodwill for the Metrology reporting unit under the old reporting structure
which was renamed as Patterning under a new reporting structure after certain components were allocated in.

(3)

The Company made certain organizational changes and consolidated its product division effective in the first quarter
of fiscal 2016. The reorganization resulted in the reallocation of certain goodwill balances as noted above.
Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment losses of $277.6 million, which were recorded prior to the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2014. The acquired goodwill during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 resulted from the acquisition of certain
assets and liabilities of a privately-held company. See Note 5 “Business Combination” for additional details.

The Company performed a qualitative assessment of the goodwill by reporting unit as of November 30, 2016 during
the three months ended December 31, 2016 and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the
reporting units exceeded its carrying amount. In assessing the qualitative factors, the Company considered the impact of key
factors including change in industry and competitive environment, market capitalization, stock price, earnings multiples,
budgeted-to-actual revenue performance from prior year, gross margin and cash flow from operating activities. As such, it
was not necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test at that time. In addition, there have been no
significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill subsequent to the qualitative assessment performed in
the second quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. The next annual assessment of goodwill by reporting unit is
scheduled to be performed in the second quarter of the fiscal year ending June 30, 2018.

Purchased Intangible Assets

The components of purchased intangible assets as of the dates indicated below were as follows:

(In thousands)

Category

Range of
Useful Lives

Gross
Carrying
Amount

As of June 30, 2017

Accumulated
Amortization
and
Impairment

Net
Amount

Gross
Carrying
Amount

As of June 30, 2016

Accumulated
Amortization
and
Impairment

Net
Amount

Existing technology ............. 4-7 years $ 157,259 $ 140,346 $
7 years
Trade name/Trademark ........
Customer relationships ........ 7-8 years
<1 year
Backlog ................................

19,902
54,959
22

20,993
55,680
260

16,913 $ 141,659 $ 138,160 $
19,893
1,091
54,980
721
238
—

19,743
54,298
—

3,499
150
682
—

Total .............................

$ 234,192 $ 215,229 $

18,963 $ 216,532 $ 212,201 $

4,331

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying

amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable.

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, amortization expense for purchased intangible assets was $3.0
million, $7.6 million and $15.8 million, respectively. The increase in the gross carrying value resulted from the acquisition
of a privately-held company. See Note 5 “Business Combination” for additional details. Based on the intangible assets
recorded as of June 30, 2017, and assuming no subsequent additions to, or impairment of, the underlying assets, the remaining
estimated annual amortization expense is expected to be as follows:

Fiscal year ending June 30:
2018 ......................................................................................................................................................... $
2019 .........................................................................................................................................................
2020 .........................................................................................................................................................
2021 .........................................................................................................................................................
2022 .........................................................................................................................................................
Thereafter .................................................................................................................................................

Amortization
(In thousands)

4,172
2,409
2,409
2,409
2,409
5,155

Total ................................................................................................................................................. $

18,963

NOTE 7 — DEBT

The following table summarizes the debt of the Company as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016:

As of June 30, 2017

As of June 30, 2016

Amount
(in thousands)

Effective
Interest Rate

Fixed-rate 2.375% Senior notes due on November 1, 2017 . $
Fixed-rate 3.375% Senior notes due on November 1, 2019 .
Fixed-rate 4.125% Senior notes due on November 1, 2021 .
Fixed-rate 4.650% Senior notes due on November 1,

2024(1) .................................................................................
Fixed-rate 5.650% Senior notes due on November 1, 2034 .
Term loans ............................................................................

Total debt........................................................................
Unamortized discount ...........................................................
Unamortized debt issuance costs ..........................................

250,000
250,000
500,000

1,250,000
250,000
446,250

2,946,250
(2,901)
(12,892)

Amount
(in thousands)
250,000
250,000
500,000

Effective
Interest Rate
2.396%
3.377%
4.128%

2.396% $
3.377%
4.128%

4.682%
5.670%
2.137%

1,250,000
250,000
576,250

4.682%
5.670%
1.714%

3,076,250
(3,312 )
(15,002 )

Total debt........................................................................ $

2,930,457

$ 3,057,936

Reported as:
Current portion of long-term debt ......................................... $
Long-term debt .....................................................................

249,983
2,680,474

Total debt........................................................................ $

2,930,457

—
3,057,936

$ 3,057,936

__________________
(1) The effective interest rate disclosed above for this series of Senior Notes excludes the impact of the treasury rate lock
hedge discussed below. The effective interest rate including the impact of the treasury rate lock hedge was 4.626%.

As of June 30, 2017, future principal payments for the long-term debt are summarized as follows.

Fiscal year ending June 30,

2018 ....................................................................................................................................................... $
2019 .......................................................................................................................................................
2020 .......................................................................................................................................................
2021 .......................................................................................................................................................
2022 .......................................................................................................................................................
Thereafter ...............................................................................................................................................

Total payments ...................................................................................................................................... $

Amount
(In thousands)

250,000
—
696,250
—
500,000
1,500,000

2,946,250

Senior Notes:

In November 2014, the Company issued $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of senior, unsecured long-term notes
(collectively referred to as “Senior Notes”). The Company issued the Senior Notes as part of the leveraged recapitalization
plan under which the proceeds from the Senior Notes in conjunction with the proceeds from the term loans (described below)
and cash on hand were used (x) to fund a special cash dividend of $16.50 per share, aggregating to approximately $2.76
billion, (y) to redeem $750.0 million of 2018 Senior Notes, including associated redemption premiums, accrued interest and
other fees and expenses and (z) for other general corporate purposes, including repurchases of shares pursuant to the
Company’s stock repurchase program. The interest rate specified for each series of the Senior Notes will be subject to
adjustments from time to time if Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”)
or, under certain circumstances, a substitute rating agency selected by us as a replacement for Moody’s or S&P, as the case

may be (a “Substitute Rating Agency”), downgrades (or subsequently upgrades) its rating assigned to the respective series of
Senior Notes such that the adjusted rating is below investment grade. If the adjusted rating of any series of Senior Notes from
Moody’s (or, if applicable, any Substitute Rating Agency) is decreased to Ba1, Ba2, Ba3 or B1 or below, the stated interest
rate on such series of Senior Notes as noted above will increase by 25 bps, 50 bps, 75 bps or 100 bps, respectively (“bps”
refers to Basis Points and 1% is equal to 100 bps). If the rating of any series of Senior Notes from S&P (or, if applicable, any
Substitute Rating Agency) with respect to such series of Senior Notes is decreased to BB+, BB, BB- or B+ or below, the
stated interest rate on such series of Senior Notes as noted above will increase by 25 bps, 50 bps, 75 bps or 100 bps,
respectively. The interest rates on any series of Senior Notes will permanently cease to be subject to any adjustment
(notwithstanding any subsequent decrease in the ratings by any of Moody’s, S&P and, if applicable, any Substitute Rating
Agency) if such series of Senior Notes becomes rated “Baa1” (or its equivalent) or higher by Moody’s (or, if applicable, any
Substitute Rating Agency) and “BBB+” (or its equivalent) or higher by S&P (or, if applicable, any Substitute Rating Agency),
or one of those ratings if rated by only one of Moody’s, S&P and, if applicable, any Substitute Rating Agency, in each case
with a stable or positive outlook. In October 2014, the Company entered into a series of forward contracts to lock the 10-year
treasury rate (“benchmark rate”) on a portion of the Senior Notes with a notional amount of $1.00 billion in aggregate. For
additional details, refer to Note 16, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

The original discount on the Senior Notes amounted to $4.0 million and is being amortized over the life of the debt.
Interest is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The debt indenture (the “Indenture”) includes
covenants that limit the Company’s ability to grant liens on its facilities and enter into sale and leaseback transactions, subject
to certain allowances under which certain sale and leaseback transactions are not restricted. As of June 30, 2017, the Company
was in compliance with all of its covenants under the Indenture associated with the Senior Notes.

In certain circumstances involving a change of control followed by a downgrade of the rating of a series of Senior Notes
by at least two of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch Inc., unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Senior Notes of
such series, the Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase all or, at the holder’s option, any part, of each
holder’s Senior Notes of that series pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of
Control Offer, the Company will be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of
Senior Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Senior Notes repurchased, up to, but not including,
the date of repurchase.

Based on the trading prices of the Senior Notes on the applicable dates, the fair value of the Senior Notes as of June 30,
2017 and June 30, 2016 was approximately $2.67 billion and $2.68 billion, respectively. While the Senior Notes are recorded
at cost, the fair value of the long-term debt was determined based on quoted prices in markets that are not active; accordingly,
the long-term debt is categorized as Level 2 for purposes of the fair value measurement hierarchy.

Credit Facility (Term Loans and Unfunded Revolving Credit Facility):

In November 2014, the Company entered into $750.0 million of five-year senior unsecured prepayable term loans and
a $500.0 million unfunded revolving credit facility (collectively, the “Credit Facility”) under the Credit Agreement (the
“Credit Agreement”). The interest under the Credit Facility will be payable on the borrowed amounts at the London Interbank
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread, which is currently 125 bps, and this spread is subject to adjustment in conjunction
with the Company’s credit rating downgrades or upgrades. The spread ranges from 100 bps to 175 bps based on the
Company’s then effective credit rating. The Company is also obligated to pay an annual commitment fee of 15 bps on the
daily undrawn balance of the revolving credit facility, which is also subject to an adjustment in conjunction with the
Company’s credit rating downgrades or upgrades by Moody’s and S&P. The annual commitment fee ranges from 10 bps to
25 bps on the daily undrawn balance of the revolving credit facility, depending upon the then effective credit rating. Principal
payments with respect to the term loans will be made on the last day of each calendar quarter, and any unpaid principal
balance of the term loans, including accrued interest, shall be payable on November 14, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”). The
Company may prepay the term loans and unfunded revolving credit facility at any time without a prepayment penalty. During
the year ended June 30, 2017, the Company made term loan principal payments of $130.0 million. The remaining term loan
balance of $446.3 million as of June 30, 2017 is due in the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2019.

The Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain an interest expense coverage ratio as described in the Credit
Agreement, on a quarterly basis, covering the trailing four consecutive fiscal quarters of no less than 3.50 to 1.00. In addition,
the Company is required to maintain the maximum leverage ratio as described in the Credit Agreement on a quarterly basis
of 3.00 to 1.00, covering the trailing four consecutive fiscal quarters for each fiscal quarter.

The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement as of June 30, 2017 and had

no outstanding borrowings under the unfunded revolving credit facility.

Debt Redemption:

In December 2014, the Company redeemed the $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Notes.
The redemption resulted in a pre-tax net loss on extinguishment of debt of $131.7 million for the three months ended
December 31, 2014 after an offset of a $1.2 million gain upon the termination of the non-designated forward contract entered
by the Company in November 2014. The objective of entering into the non-designated forward contract was to lock the
treasury rate used to determine the redemption amount of the 2018 Senior Notes. The notional amount of the non-designated
forward contract was $750.0 million. Refer to Note 16, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

NOTE 8 — EQUITY AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS

Equity Incentive Program

As of June 30, 2017, the Company had two plans under which the Company was able to issue equity incentive awards,
such as restricted stock units and stock options, to its employees, consultants and members of its Board of Directors: the 2004
Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) and the 1998 Director Plan (the “Outside Director Plan”).

2004 Plan:

The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, stock appreciation
rights, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and deferred stock units to the Company’s employees,
consultants and members of its Board of Directors. As of June 30, 2017, 3.1 million shares were available for issuance under
the 2004 Plan.

Any 2004 Plan awards of restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units or deferred stock units with a
per share or unit purchase price lower than 100% of fair market value on the grant date are counted against the total number
of shares issuable under the 2004 Plan as follows, based on the grant date of the applicable award: (a) for any such awards
granted before November 6, 2013, the awards counted against the 2004 Plan share reserve as 1.8 shares for every one share
subject thereto; and (b) for any such awards granted on or after November 6, 2013, the awards count against the 2004 Plan
share reserve as 2.0 shares for every one share subject thereto.

In addition, the plan administrator has the ability to grant “dividend equivalent” rights in connection with awards of
restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and deferred stock units before they are fully vested. The plan
administrator, at its discretion, may grant a right to receive dividends on the aforementioned awards which may be settled in
cash or Company stock at the discretion of the plan administrator subject to meeting the vesting requirement of the underlying
awards.

Outside Director Plan

The Outside Director Plan only permits the issuance of stock options to the non-employee members of the Board of

Directors. As of June 30, 2017, 1.7 million shares were available for grant under the Outside Director Plan.

Equity Incentive Plans - General Information

The following table summarizes the combined activity under the Company’s equity incentive plans for the indicated

periods:

(In thousands)

Balances as of June 30, 2014 .......................................................................................................................
Restricted stock units granted(1)(3) ..........................................................................................................
Restricted stock units canceled(1) ..........................................................................................................
Options canceled/expired/forfeited ......................................................................................................
Plan shares expired(2) ............................................................................................................................
Balances as of June 30, 2015(4) .....................................................................................................................
Restricted stock units granted(1)(3) ..........................................................................................................
Restricted stock units canceled(1) ..........................................................................................................
Balances as of June 30, 2016 .......................................................................................................................
Restricted stock units granted(1)(3) ..........................................................................................................
Restricted stock units canceled(1) ..........................................................................................................
Balances as of June 30, 2017 .......................................................................................................................

__________________

Available
For Grant

8,804
(1,191 )
196
11
(10 )
7,810
(1,541 )
509
6,778
(2,169 )
101
4,710

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

The number of restricted stock units reflects the application of the award multiplier as described above (1.8x or 2.0x
depending on the grant date of the applicable award).

Represents the portion of shares listed as “Options canceled/expired/forfeited” above that were issued under the
Company’s equity incentive plans other than the 2004 Plan and the Outside Director Plan. Because the Company is
only currently authorized to issue equity awards under the 2004 Plan and the Outside Director Plan, any equity
awards that are canceled, expired or forfeited under any other Company equity incentive plan do not result in
additional shares being available to the Company for future grant.

Includes restricted stock units granted to senior management with performance-based vesting criteria (in addition to
service-based vesting criteria for any of such restricted stock units that are deemed to have been earned). As of
June 30, 2017, it had not yet been determined the extent to which (if at all) the performance-based vesting criteria
had been satisfied. Therefore, this line item includes all performance-based restricted stock units granted during the
fiscal year, reported at the maximum possible number of shares that may ultimately be issuable if all applicable
performance-based criteria are achieved at their maximum levels and all applicable service-based criteria are fully
satisfied (84 thousand shares, 0.7 million shares and 0.6 million shares for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017,
2016 and 2015, respectively, after application of the 1.8x or 2.0x multiplier described above).

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the Company adjusted the number of shares subject to outstanding
options under the 2004 Plan by an aggregate of 4,245 shares pursuant to a proportionate and equitable adjustment
for the effect of the special cash dividend, as required by the 2004 Plan. The total number of outstanding options
under the 2004 Plan as well as the associated exercise prices were adjusted to ensure the aggregate intrinsic value
remained the same after considering the effect of the special cash dividend. As the adjustment was required by the
2004 Plan, under the authoritative guidance, the adjustment to the outstanding awards did not result in any

incremental compensation expense. Additionally, the adjustment did not have an impact on the shares available for
future issuance under the 2004 Plan.

The fair value of stock-based awards is measured at the grant date and is recognized as an expense over the employee’s
requisite service period. For restricted stock units granted without “dividend equivalent” rights, fair value is calculated using
the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, adjusted to exclude the present value of dividends which
are not accrued on those restricted stock units. The fair value for restricted stock units granted with “dividend equivalent”
rights is determined using the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. As of June 30, 2017, the
Company accrued $13.8 million of dividends payable, which included both a special cash dividend and quarterly cash
dividends for the unvested restricted stock units outstanding as of the dividend record date. The fair value for purchase rights
under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan is determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model.

The following table shows pre-tax stock-based compensation expense for the indicated periods:

(In thousands)

Stock-based compensation expense by:

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Costs of revenues ........................................................................ $
Research and development ..........................................................
Selling, general and administrative .............................................

Total stock-based compensation expense ........................................... $

5,338 $
8,089
37,516
50,943 $

4,689 $
8,618
31,743
45,050 $

7,242
12,259
35,801
55,302

As a result of the early adoption of the accounting standard update on accounting for share-based payment awards in
the first quarter of its fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Company recorded excess tax benefits in the provision for income
taxes of $6.6 million. See Note 1, “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for additional
details.

The following table shows stock-based compensation capitalized as inventory as of the dates indicated below:

(In thousands)

As of June 30,

2017

2016

Inventory .......................................................................................................................... $

2,820 $

2,685

Restricted Stock Units

The following table shows the applicable number of restricted stock units and weighted-average grant date fair value
for restricted stock units granted, vested and released, withheld for taxes, and forfeited during the fiscal year ended June 30,
2017 and restricted stock units outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and 2016:

Restricted Stock Units

Outstanding restricted stock units as of June 30, 2016(2) ...........................................
Granted(2) ...................................................................................................................
Vested and released ..................................................................................................
Withheld for taxes .....................................................................................................
Forfeited....................................................................................................................
Outstanding restricted stock units as of June 30, 2017(2) ...........................................

__________________

Shares
(In thousands) (1)

Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

1,849 $
1,085 $
(383) $
(259) $
(51) $
2,241 $

56.41
78.83
52.73
52.73
59.77
68.24

(1)

(2)

Share numbers reflect actual shares subject to awarded restricted stock units. As described above, under the terms of
the 2004 Plan, the number of shares subject to each award reflected in this number is multiplied by either 1.8x or 2.0x
(depending on the grant date of the award) to calculate the impact of the award on the share reserve under the 2004
Plan.

Includes restricted stock units granted to senior management with performance-based vesting criteria (in addition to
service-based vesting criteria for any of such restricted stock units that are deemed to have been earned). As of June 30,
2017, it had not yet been determined the extent to which (if at all) the performance-based vesting criteria had been
satisfied. Therefore, this line item includes all performance-based restricted stock units, reported at the maximum
possible number of shares (i.e., 42 thousand shares the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 0.3 million shares for each
of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015) that may ultimately be issuable if all applicable performance-based
criteria are achieved at their maximum and all applicable service-based criteria are fully satisfied.

The restricted stock units granted by the Company generally vest (a) with respect to awards with only service-based
vesting criteria, in three or four equal installments and (b) with respect to awards with both performance-based and service-
based vesting criteria, in two equal installments on the third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date, in each case subject to
the recipient remaining employed by the Company as of the applicable vesting date. The restricted stock units granted to the
independent members of the board of directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

The following table shows the weighted-average grant date fair value per unit for the restricted stock units granted and
the restricted stock units vested and tax benefits realized by the Company in connection with vested and released restricted
stock units for the indicated periods:

Year ended June 30,

(In thousands, except for weighted-average grant date fair value)

2017

2016

2015

Weighted-average grant date fair value per unit ................................. $
Grant date fair value of vested restricted stock units .......................... $
Tax benefits realized by the Company in connection with vested and

78.83 $
33,820 $

51.12 $
51,992 $

74.48
38,859

released restricted stock units .......................................................... $

15,829 $

27,412 $

26,250

As of June 30, 2017, the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense balance related to restricted stock units was
$99.4 million, excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures, and will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining
contractual term and an estimated weighted-average amortization period of 1.4 years. The intrinsic value of outstanding
restricted stock units as of June 30, 2017 was $205.1 million.

Cash-Based Long-Term Incentive Compensation

The Company has adopted a cash-based long-term incentive (“Cash LTI”) program for many of its employees as part
of the Company’s employee compensation program. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company
approved Cash LTI awards of $96.7 million and $49.3 million, respectively, under the Company’s Cash Long-Term Incentive
Plan (“Cash LTI Plan”). Cash LTI awards issued to employees under the Cash LTI Plan will vest in three or four equal
installments, with one-third or one-fourth of the aggregate amount of the Cash LTI award vesting on each anniversary of the
grant date over a three or four-year period. In order to receive payments under a Cash LTI award, participants must remain
employed by the Company as of the applicable award vesting date. Executives and non-employee Board members are not
participating in this program. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $48.8
million, $44.6 million and $39.6 million, respectively, in compensation expense under the Cash LTI Plan. As of June 30,
2017, the unrecognized compensation balance (excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures) related to the Cash LTI Plan
was $127.7 million.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

KLA-Tencor’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) provides that eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of
their eligible earnings toward the semi-annual purchase of KLA-Tencor’s common stock. The ESPP is qualified under
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The employee’s purchase price is derived from a formula based on the closing
price of the common stock on the first day of the offering period versus the closing price on the date of purchase (or, if not a
trading day, on the immediately preceding trading day).

The offering period (or length of the look-back period) under the ESPP has a duration of six months, and the purchase
price with respect to each offering period beginning on or after such date is, until otherwise amended, equal to 85% of the
lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the commencement of the applicable six-month offering
period or (ii) the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the purchase date. The Company estimates the fair
value of purchase rights under the ESPP using a Black-Scholes valuation model.

The fair value of each purchase right under the ESPP was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option

valuation model and the straight-line attribution approach with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Stock purchase plan:

Expected stock price volatility ...................................................
Risk-free interest rate .................................................................
Dividend yield ............................................................................
Expected life (in years) ..............................................................

23.4%
0.5%
2.8%
0.50

25.4%
0.2%
3.3%
0.50

24.5%
0.1%
2.8%

0.50

The following table shows total cash received from employees for the issuance of shares under the ESPP, the number
of shares purchased by employees through the ESPP, the tax benefits realized by the Company in connection with the
disqualifying dispositions of shares purchased under the ESPP and the weighted-average fair value per share for the indicated
periods:

Year ended June 30,

(In thousands, except for weighted-average fair value per share)

2017

2016

2015

Total cash received from employees for the issuance of shares under

the ESPP .......................................................................................... $

Number of shares purchased by employees through the ESPP ...........
Tax benefits realized by the Company in connection with the

45,358 $
705

38,295 $
735

41,116
759

disqualifying dispositions of shares purchased under the ESPP ...... $

1,999 $

2,194 $

1,741

Weighted-average fair value per share based on Black-Scholes

model ............................................................................................... $

15.16 $

12.48 $

14.55

The ESPP shares are replenished annually on the first day of each fiscal year by virtue of an evergreen provision. The
provision allows for share replenishment equal to the lesser of 2.0 million shares or the number of shares which KLA-Tencor
estimates will be required to be issued under the ESPP during the forthcoming fiscal year. As of June 30, 2017, a total of 684
thousand shares were reserved and available for issuance under the ESPP.

Quarterly cash dividends

On May 4, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.54 per share on
the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, which was paid on June 1, 2017 to the stockholders of record as of
the close of business on May 15, 2017. The total amount of regular quarterly cash dividends paid by the Company during the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $335.4 million and $324.5 million, respectively. The amount of accrued
dividends payable for regular quarterly cash dividends on unvested restricted stock units with dividend equivalent rights was

$4.8 million and $2.7 million as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts will be paid upon vesting of the
underlying restricted stock units. Refer to Note 19, “Subsequent Events” for additional information regarding the declaration
of the quarterly cash divided announced subsequent to June 30, 2017.

Special cash dividend

On November 19, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend of $16.50 per share, which
was paid on December 9, 2014 to the stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 1, 2014. Additionally,
in connection with the special cash dividend, the Company’s Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors approved a proportionate and equitable adjustment to outstanding equity awards (restricted stock units
and stock options), as required under the 2004 Plan, subject to the vesting requirements of the underlying awards. As the
adjustment was required by the 2004 Plan, the adjustment to the outstanding awards did not result in any incremental
compensation expense due to modification of such awards, under the authoritative guidance. Under the authoritative
guidance, the dividend when declared is recognized as a reduction of retained earnings, to the extent available, with any
shortfall recognized as a reduction of additional paid-in-capital. The special cash dividend reduced the retained earnings by
$2.11 billion as of the special cash dividend declaration date, reducing the retained earnings amount to zero and the excess
amount of the special cash dividend of $646.5 million was charged against additional paid-in capital. The declaration and
payment of the special cash dividend were part of the Company’s leveraged recapitalization transaction under which the
special cash dividend was financed through a combination of existing cash and proceeds from the debt financing disclosed
in Note 7, “Debt” that was completed during the three months ended December 31, 2014. The total amount of the special
cash dividend accrued by the Company during the three months ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $2.76 billion,
substantially all of which was paid out during the three months ended December 31, 2014, except for the aggregate special
cash dividend of $43.0 million that was accrued for the unvested restricted stock units. As of June 30, 2017 and 2016, the
Company had a total of $9.0 million and $16.9 million, respectively, of accrued dividends payable for the special cash
dividend with respect to outstanding unvested restricted stock units, which will be paid when such underlying unvested
restricted stock units vest. The Company paid a special cash dividend with respect to vested restricted stock units during the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 of $8.6 million and $21.8 million respectively. Other than the special cash dividend
declared during the three months ended December 31, 2014, the Company historically has not declared any special cash
dividend.

NOTE 9 — STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized a program for the Company to repurchase shares of the Company’s
common stock. The intent of this program is to offset the dilution from KLA-Tencor’s equity incentive plans and employee
stock purchase plan, as well as to return excess cash to the Company’s stockholders. Subject to market conditions, applicable
legal requirements and other factors, the repurchases were made in the open market in compliance with applicable securities
laws, including the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder such as Rule 10b-18. As of June 30,
2017, an aggregate of approximately 5.7 million shares were available for repurchase under the Company’s repurchase
program.

Share repurchases for the indicated periods (based on the trade date of the applicable repurchase) were as follows:

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Number of shares of common stock repurchased .................................................
Total cost of repurchases ...................................................................................... $

243
25,002 $

3,445
175,743 $

9,255
608,856

NOTE 10 — NET INCOME PER SHARE

Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-
average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is calculated by using the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, increased to include the number of additional
shares of common stock that would have been outstanding if the shares of common stock underlying the Company’s
outstanding dilutive restricted stock units and stock options had been issued. The dilutive effect of outstanding restricted
stock units and options is reflected in diluted net income per share by application of the treasury stock method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share:

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2017

2016

2015

Year ended June 30,

Numerator:

Net income .................................................................................. $

926,076 $

704,422 $

366,158

Denominator:

Weighted-average shares-basic, excluding unvested restricted

stock units ...............................................................................
Effect of dilutive restricted stock units and options (1) .................
Weighted-average shares-diluted ................................................

Basic net income per share ................................................................. $
Diluted net income per share .............................................................. $
Anti-dilutive securities excluded from the computation of diluted

156,468
1,013
157,481

5.92 $
5.88 $

155,869
910
156,779

4.52 $
4.49 $

net income per share ........................................................................

_________________
(1) The Company has not had any outstanding stock options since August 2016.

NOTE 11 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

162,282
1,419
163,701

2.26
2.24

KLA-Tencor has a profit sharing program for eligible employees, which distributes, on a quarterly basis, a percentage
of the Company’s pre-tax profits. In addition, the Company has an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary
arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Since April 1, 2011, the employer match amount was 50%
of the first $8,000 of an eligible employee’s contribution (i.e., a maximum of $4,000) during each fiscal year.

The total expenses under the profit sharing and 401(k) programs aggregated $15.3 million, $15.3 million and $14.2
million in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company has no defined benefit plans in
the United States. In addition to the profit sharing plan and the United States 401(k), several of the Company’s foreign
subsidiaries have retirement plans for their full-time employees, several of which are defined benefit plans. Consistent with
the requirements of local law, the Company deposits funds for certain of these plans with insurance companies, with third-
party trustees or into government-managed accounts and/or accrues for the unfunded portion of the obligation. The
assumptions used in calculating the obligation for the foreign plans depend on the local economic environment.

The Company applies authoritative guidance that requires an employer to recognize the funded status of each of its
defined pension and post-retirement benefit plans as a net asset or liability on its balance sheets. Additionally, the authoritative
guidance requires an employer to measure the funded status of each of its plans as of the date of its year-end statement of
financial position. The benefit obligations and related assets under the Company’s plans have been measured as of June 30,
2017 and 2016.

Summary data relating to the Company’s foreign defined benefit pension plans, including key weighted-average

assumptions used, is provided in the following tables:

(In thousands)

Change in projected benefit obligation:

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

Projected benefit obligation as of the beginning of the fiscal year .......................... $
Service cost ..............................................................................................................
Interest cost ..............................................................................................................
Contributions by plan participants ...........................................................................
Actuarial loss ...........................................................................................................
Benefit payments .....................................................................................................
Foreign currency exchange rate changes and others, net .........................................
Projected benefit obligation as of the end of the fiscal year ..................................... $

89,923 $
4,015
1,117
76
2,991
(1,363)
506
97,265 $

75,928
3,349
1,322
163
9,029
(2,517)
2,649
89,923

(In thousands)

Change in fair value of plan assets:

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

Fair value of plan assets as of the beginning of the fiscal year ................................ $
Actual return on plan assets .....................................................................................
Employer contributions ............................................................................................
Benefit and expense payments .................................................................................
Foreign currency exchange rate changes and others, net .........................................
Fair value of plan assets as of the end of the fiscal year .......................................... $

18,894 $
241
3,330
(1,363)
678
21,780 $

17,038
588
4,330
(2,517)
(545)
18,894

(In thousands)

As of June 30,

2017

2016

Underfunded status .......................................................................................................... $

75,485 $

71,029

(In thousands)

Plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:

As of June 30,

2017

2016

Accumulated benefit obligation ............................................................................... $
Projected benefit obligation ..................................................................................... $
Plan assets at fair value ............................................................................................ $

56,967 $
97,265 $
21,780 $

53,198
89,923
18,894

Weighted-average assumptions:

Discount rate ...............................................................................
Expected rate of return on assets .................................................
Rate of compensation increases ..................................................

0.8%-1.9%
1.5%-2.9%
3.0%-5.8%

0.5%-2.0%
1.8%-2.5%
3.0%-5.8%

1.3%-2.0%
1.8%-2.5%
3.0%-5.5%

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

The assumptions for expected rate of return on assets were developed by considering the historical returns and
expectations of future returns relevant to the country in which each plan is in effect and the investments applicable to the
corresponding plan. The discount rate for each plan was derived by reference to appropriate benchmark yields on high quality
corporate bonds, allowing for the approximate duration of both plan obligations and the relevant benchmark index.

The following table presents losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) before tax related to

the Company’s foreign defined benefit pension plans:

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

Unrecognized transition obligation .................................................................................. $
Unrecognized prior service cost.......................................................................................
Unrealized net loss ...........................................................................................................
Amount of losses recognized ........................................................................................... $

190 $
51
33,477
33,718 $

108
113
31,739
31,960

Losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to the Company’s foreign defined benefit pension
plans expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the fiscal year ending June 30, 2018 are as
follows:

(In thousands)
Unrecognized transition obligation ................................................................................................................ $
Unrecognized prior service cost.....................................................................................................................
Unrealized net loss .........................................................................................................................................

Amount of losses expected to be recognized ................................................................................................. $

Year ending
June 30, 2018

—
26
1,436

1,462

The components of the Company’s net periodic cost relating to its foreign subsidiaries’ defined pension plans are as

follows:

(In thousands)

Components of net periodic pension cost:

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Service cost ................................................................................. $
Interest cost .................................................................................
Return on plan assets ..................................................................
Amortization of transitional obligation .......................................
Amortization of prior service cost ...............................................
Amortization of net loss ..............................................................
Adjustment ..................................................................................

Net periodic pension cost ............................................................ $

4,015 $
1,117
(393)
251
46
1,617
—

6,653 $

3,349 $
1,322
(406 )
249
46
1,132
—

5,692 $

3,905
1,562
(450)
259
46
1,014
(177)

6,159

Fair Value of Plan Assets

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value of plan assets are
described in Note 2, “Fair Value Measurements.”

The foreign plans’ investments are managed by third-party trustees consistent with the regulations or market practice
of the country where the assets are invested. The Company is not actively involved in the investment strategy, nor does it
have control over the target allocation of these investments. These investments made up 100% of total foreign plan assets in
the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

The expected aggregate employer contribution for the foreign plans during the fiscal year ending June 30, 2018 is $2.1

million.

The total benefits to be paid from the foreign pension plans are not expected to exceed $3.0 million in any year through

the fiscal year ending June 30, 2027.

Foreign plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis consisted of the following investment categories as of

June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively:

As of June 30, 2017 (In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................ $
Bonds, equity securities and other investments ................................

Total assets measured at fair value ................................................... $

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Total

13,784 $
7,996

21,780 $

13,784 $
—

13,784 $

—
7,996

7,996

As of June 30, 2016 (In thousands)

Total

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................ $
Bonds, equity securities and other investments ................................

Total assets measured at fair value ................................................... $

11,950 $
6,944

18,894 $

11,950 $
—

11,950 $

—
6,944

6,944

Concentration of Risk

The Company manages a variety of risks, including market, credit and liquidity risks, across its plan assets through its
investment managers. The Company defines a concentration of risk as an undiversified exposure to one of the above-
mentioned risks that increases the exposure of the loss of plan assets unnecessarily. The Company monitors exposure to such
risks in the foreign plans by monitoring the magnitude of the risk in each plan and diversifying the Company’s exposure to
such risks across a variety of instruments, markets and counterparties. As of June 30, 2017, the Company did not have
concentrations of plan asset investment risk in any single entity, manager, counterparty, sector, industry or country.

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES

The components of income before income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Domestic income before income taxes ............................................... $
Foreign income before income taxes ..................................................

615,906 $
557,340

417,803 $
440,389

Total income before income taxes ...................................................... $

1,173,246 $

858,192 $

157,251
276,880

434,131

100

The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:

(In thousands)

Current:

Federal ........................................................................................ $
State ............................................................................................
Foreign ........................................................................................

Deferred:

Federal ........................................................................................
State ............................................................................................
Foreign ........................................................................................

Provision for income taxes .......................................................... $

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

200,831 $
4,660
38,208
243,699

444
2,852
175
3,471
247,170 $

94,088 $
6,123
37,680
137,891

15,645
3,583
(3,349)
15,879
153,770 $

63,123
3,655
25,438
92,216

(22,390)
409
(2,262)
(24,243)
67,973

The significant components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

(In thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

As of June 30,

2017

2016

Tax credits and net operating losses ......................................................................... $
Employee benefits accrual .......................................................................................
Stock-based compensation .......................................................................................
Inventory reserves ....................................................................................................
Non-deductible reserves ...........................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization .................................................................................
Unearned revenue ....................................................................................................
Other ........................................................................................................................
Gross deferred tax assets ...................................................................................
Valuation allowance .........................................................................................
Net deferred tax assets ...................................................................................... $

Deferred tax liabilities:

Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries not indefinitely reinvested .................. $
Deferred profit .........................................................................................................
Unrealized gain on investments ...............................................................................

Total deferred tax liabilities ..............................................................................

Total net deferred tax assets ............................................................................................. $

134,052 $
106,637
15,252
95,200
43,140
3,415
15,757
26,538
439,991
(120,708)
319,283 $

(13,213) $
(13,657)
(2,707)

(29,577)
289,706 $

116,277
109,524
13,607
94,783
34,484
15,857
14,375
26,877
425,784
(104,968)
320,816

(11,571)
(10,346)
(604)

(22,521)
298,295

As of June 30, 2017, the Company had U.S. federal, state and foreign net operating loss (“NOL”) carry-forwards of
approximately $29.4 million, $49.4 million and $41.9 million, respectively. The U.S. federal NOL carry-forwards will expire
at various dates beginning in 2023 through 2029. The utilization of NOLs created by acquired companies is subject to annual
limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. However, it is not expected that such annual limitation will
significantly impair the realization of these NOLs. The state NOLs will begin to expire in 2018. State credits of $167.6 million
will be carried over indefinitely. The foreign NOL carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2018.

101

The net deferred tax asset valuation allowance was $120.7 million and $105.0 million as of June 30, 2017 and June 30,
2016, respectively. The change was primarily due to an increase in the valuation allowance related to state credit carry-
forwards generated in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. The valuation allowance is based on the Company’s assessment
that it is more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets will not be realized in the foreseeable future. Of the valuation
allowance as of June 30, 2017, $103.8 million relates to state credit carry-forwards. The remainder of the valuation allowance
relates primarily to state and foreign NOL carry-forwards.

As of June 30, 2017, U.S. income taxes were not provided for on a cumulative total of approximately $2.60 billion of
undistributed earnings for certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. If these undistributed earnings were repatriated to the United States,
they would generate foreign tax credits to reduce the federal tax liability associated with the foreign dividend. Assuming full
utilization of the foreign tax credits, the potential deferred tax liability associated with undistributed earnings would be
approximately $866.0 million.

KLA-Tencor benefits from tax holidays in Israel and Singapore where it manufactures certain of its products. These tax
holidays are on approved investments and are scheduled to expire at varying times in the next one to four years. The Company
was in compliance with all the terms and conditions of the tax holidays as of June 30, 2017. The net impact of these tax
holidays was to decrease the Company’s tax expense by approximately $32.6 million, $19.5 million and $20.4 million in the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The benefits of the tax holidays on diluted net income per
share were $0.21, $0.12 and $0.13 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

One of the Company’s Singapore holidays is scheduled to expire in August 2018. The Company is unsure if the holiday
will be extended. The Company’s tax rate on income earned under this holiday would increase from 5% to 17% if the holiday
is not extended.

The reconciliation of the United States federal statutory income tax rate to KLA-Tencor’s effective income tax rate is

as follows:

Federal statutory rate ........................................................................
State income taxes, net of federal benefit .........................................
Effect of foreign operations taxed at various rates ...........................
Research and development tax credit ...............................................
Net change in tax reserves ................................................................
Domestic manufacturing benefit .......................................................
Effect of stock-based compensation .................................................
Other .................................................................................................
Effective income tax rate ..................................................................

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

35.0 %
0.4 %
(12.2)%
(1.1)%
1.3 %
(1.5)%
(0.2)%
(0.6)%
21.1 %

35.0 %
0.9 %
(13.0)%
(1.9)%
(2.2)%
(1.5)%
0.3 %
0.3 %
17.9 %

35.0 %
0.7 %
(15.3)%
(3.7)%
1.5 %
(2.1)%
0.8 %
(1.2)%
15.7 %

102

A reconciliation of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(In thousands)

Unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year ...................... $
Increases for tax positions taken in prior years ...................................
Decreases for tax positions taken in prior years .................................
Increases for tax positions taken in current year .................................
Decreases for settlements with taxing authorities ...............................
Decreases for lapsing of statutes of limitations ..................................
Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year ................................ $

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

50,365 $
6,788
(246)
14,696
—
(3,164)
68,439 $

69,018 $
4,245
(1,209 )
13,636
(8,762 )
(26,563 )
50,365 $

59,575
1,245
(7)
11,634
—
(3,429)
69,018

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would impact the effective tax rate was $68.4 million, $50.4 million and
$69.0 million as of June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively. The amount of interest and penalties recognized during the
years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was expense of $2.2 million, income of $4.3 million as a result of a release of
unrecognized tax benefits, and expense of $1.2 million, respectively. KLA-Tencor’s policy is to include interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits within other expense (income), net. The amount of interest and penalties accrued as of
June 30, 2017 and 2016 was approximately $5.9 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

The Company is subject to federal income tax examinations for all years beginning from the fiscal year ended June 30,
2014. The Company is subject to state income tax examinations for all years beginning from the fiscal year ended June 30,
2013. The Company is also subject to examinations in other major foreign jurisdictions, including Singapore, for all years
beginning from the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The Company is under income tax examination in Israel for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 2013 through June 30, 2015. The Company believes that adequate amounts have been reserved for any
adjustments that may ultimately result from any future examinations of these years.

It is possible that certain examinations may be concluded in the next twelve months. The Company believes it is possible
that it may recognize up to $15.3 million of its existing unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months as a result of the
lapse of statutes of limitations and the resolution of examinations with various tax authorities.

NOTE 13 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Employee Retention Commitments. In connection with the retention program adopted at the time the Company
entered into the Merger Agreement with Lam Research, the Company has an estimated $20.8 million of employee-related
retention commitments as of June 30, 2017 which are expected to be paid during the quarter ending December 31, 2017.

Factoring. KLA-Tencor has agreements (referred to as “factoring agreements”) with financial institutions to sell certain
of its trade receivables and promissory notes from customers without recourse. The Company does not believe it is at risk for
any material losses as a result of these agreements. In addition, the Company periodically sells certain letters of credit (“LCs”),
without recourse, received from customers in payment for goods and services.

The following table shows total receivables sold under factoring agreements and proceeds from sales of LCs for the

indicated periods:

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Receivables sold under factoring agreements ..................................... $
Proceeds from sales of LCs ................................................................ $

152,509 $
48,780 $

205,790 $
21,904 $

137,285
6,920

103

Factoring and LC fees for the sale of certain trade receivables were recorded in other expense (income), net and were

not material for the periods presented.

Facilities. KLA-Tencor leases certain of its facilities under arrangements that are accounted for as operating leases.
Rent expense was $9.6 million, $8.7 million and $9.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015,
respectively.

The following is a schedule of expected operating lease payments:

Fiscal year ending June 30,

Amount
(In thousands)

2018 ............................................................................................................................................................... $
2019 ...............................................................................................................................................................
2020 ...............................................................................................................................................................
2021 ...............................................................................................................................................................
2022 ...............................................................................................................................................................
2023 and thereafter ........................................................................................................................................

9,073
5,768
4,341
2,486
1,358
2,489

Total minimum lease payments ..................................................................................................................... $

25,515

Purchase Commitments. KLA-Tencor maintains commitments to purchase inventory from its suppliers as well as
goods and services in the ordinary course of business. The Company’s liability under these purchase commitments is
generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as mutually agreed upon between the parties. This forecasted time-horizon
can vary among different suppliers. The Company’s estimate of its significant purchase commitments is approximately
$432.8 million as of June 30, 2017 which are primarily due within the next 12 months. Actual expenditures will vary based
upon the volume of the transactions and length of contractual service provided. In addition, the amounts paid under these
arrangements may be less in the event that the arrangements are renegotiated or canceled. Certain agreements provide for
potential cancellation penalties.

Cash Long-Term Incentive Plan. As of June 30, 2017, the Company had committed $163.1 million for future payment
obligations under its Cash LTI Plan. The calculation of compensation expense related to the Cash LTI Plan includes estimated
forfeiture rate assumptions. Cash LTI awards issued to employees under the Cash LTI Plan vest in to three or four equal
installments, with one-third or one-fourth of the aggregate amount of the Cash LTI award vesting on each yearly anniversary
of the grant date over a three or four-year period. In order to receive payments under a Cash LTI award, participants must
remain employed by the Company as of the applicable award vesting date.

Warranties, Guarantees and Contingencies. KLA-Tencor provides standard warranty coverage on its systems for 40
hours per week for 12 months, providing labor and parts necessary to repair and maintain the systems during the warranty
period. The Company accounts for the estimated warranty cost as a charge to costs of revenues when revenue is recognized.
The estimated warranty cost is based on historical product performance and field expenses. Utilizing actual service records,
the Company calculates the average service hours and parts expense per system and applies the actual labor and overhead
rates to determine the estimated warranty charge. The Company updates these estimated charges on a regular basis. The actual
product performance and/or field expense profiles may differ, and in those cases the Company adjusts its warranty accruals
accordingly.

104

The following table provides the changes in the product warranty accrual for the indicated periods:

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

Beginning balance ........................................................................................................... $
Accruals for warranties issued during the period .............................................................
Changes in liability related to pre-existing warranties .....................................................
Settlements made during the period .................................................................................
Ending balance ................................................................................................................ $

34,773 $
50,616
(5,133)
(34,798)
45,458 $

36,413
39,175
(9,146)
(31,669)
34,773

The Company maintains guarantee arrangements available through various financial institutions for up to $25.3 million,
of which $22.1 million had been issued as of June 30, 2017, primarily to fund guarantees to customs authorities for value-
added tax (“VAT”) and other operating requirements of the Company’s subsidiaries in Europe and Asia.

KLA-Tencor is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party
with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in connection with contracts and license agreements or the
sale of assets, under which the Company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from, or
provides customers with other remedies to protect against, bodily injury or damage to personal property caused by the
Company’s products, non-compliance with the Company’s product performance specifications, infringement by the
Company’s products of third-party intellectual property rights and a breach of warranties, representations and covenants
related to matters such as title to assets sold, validity of certain intellectual property rights, non-infringement of third-party
rights, and certain income tax-related matters. In each of these circumstances, payment by the Company is typically subject
to the other party making a claim to and cooperating with the Company pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular
contract.

This usually allows the Company to challenge the other party’s claims or, in case of breach of intellectual property
representations or covenants, to control the defense or settlement of any third-party claims brought against the other party.
Further, the Company’s obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of amounts, activity (typically at the
Company’s option to replace or correct the products or terminate the agreement with a refund to the other party), and duration.
In some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties and/or insurance covering certain payments made
by the Company.

Subject to certain limitations, the Company is obligated to indemnify its current and former directors, officers and
employees with respect to certain litigation matters and investigations that arise in connection with their service to the
Company. These obligations arise under the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, applicable
contracts, and Delaware and California law. The obligation to indemnify generally means that the Company is required to
pay or reimburse the individuals’ reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities incurred in connection
with these matters.

In addition, the Company may in limited circumstances enter into agreements that contain customer-specific
commitments on pricing, tool reliability, spare parts stocking levels, response time and other commitments. Furthermore, the
Company may give these customers limited audit or inspection rights to enable them to confirm that the Company is
complying with these commitments. If a customer elects to exercise its audit or inspection rights, the Company may be
required to expend significant resources to support the audit or inspection, as well as to defend or settle any dispute with a
customer that could potentially arise out of such audit or inspection. To date, the Company has made no significant accruals
in its consolidated financial statements for this contingency. While the Company has not in the past incurred significant
expenses for resolving disputes regarding these types of commitments, the Company cannot make any assurance that it will
not incur any such liabilities in the future.

105

It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due
to the conditional nature of the Company’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular
agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material effect on its
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 14 — LITIGATION AND OTHER LEGAL MATTERS

Litigation Related to Terminated Merger with Lam Research.

In connection with the previously announced Merger transaction with Lam Research, four purported KLA-Tencor
stockholders filed putative class actions on behalf of all KLA-Tencor stockholders. In January 2017, all four actions were
dismissed with prejudice.

Other Legal Matters.

The Company is named from time to time as a party to lawsuits and other types of legal proceedings and claims in the
normal course of its business. Actions filed against the Company include commercial, intellectual property, customer, and
labor and employment related claims, including complaints of alleged wrongful termination and potential class action lawsuits
regarding alleged violations of federal and state wage and hour and other laws. In general, legal proceedings and claims,
regardless of their merit, and associated internal investigations (especially those relating to intellectual property or
confidential information disputes) are often expensive to prosecute, defend or conduct and may divert management’s attention
and other company resources. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings are difficult to predict, and the costs incurred in
litigation can be substantial, regardless of outcome. The Company believes the amounts provided in its consolidated financial
statements are adequate in light of the probable and estimated liabilities. However, because such matters are subject to many
uncertainties, the ultimate outcomes are not predictable, and there can be no assurances that the actual amounts required to
satisfy alleged liabilities from the matters described above will not exceed the amounts reflected in the Company’s
consolidated financial statements or will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition or
cash flows.

NOTE 15 — RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

The Company has in recent years undertaken a number of cost reduction activities, including workforce reductions, in
an effort to lower its ongoing expense run rate. The program in the United States is accounted for in accordance with the
authoritative guidance related to compensation for non-retirement post-employment benefits, whereas the programs in the
Company’s international locations are accounted for in accordance with the authoritative guidance for contingencies.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year ended 2015, the Company implemented a plan to reduce its global employee
workforce to streamline the organization and business processes in response to changing customer requirements in the
industry. The goals of this reduction were to enable continued innovation, direct the Company’s resources toward its best
opportunities and lower its ongoing expense run rate. The Company substantially completed its global workforce reduction
during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. Restructuring charges for the year ended June 30, 2016 were $8.9 million, of
which $3.6 million was recorded to costs of revenues, $1.6 million to research and development expense and $3.7 million to
selling, general and administrative expense lines of the consolidated statements of operations. Restructuring charges for the
year ended June 30, 2015 were $31.6 million, of which $8.0 million was recorded to costs of revenues, $11.1 million to
research and development expense and $12.5 million to selling, general and administrative expense lines of the consolidated
statements of operations.

106

The following table shows the activity which is primarily related to accrued severance and benefits for the fiscal years

ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

(In thousands)

Beginning balance ..................................................................................................... $

Restructuring costs .............................................................................................
Adjustments .......................................................................................................
Cash payments ...................................................................................................

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

587 $
—
(147)
(440)

24,887 $
8,926
(142)
(33,084)

2,329
31,569
1,177
(10,188)

Ending balance .......................................................................................................... $

— $

587 $

24,887

NOTE 16 — DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The authoritative guidance requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments and hedging activities, including
foreign currency exchange contracts, as either assets or liabilities at fair value on the balance sheet. Changes in the fair value
of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge treatment, as well as the ineffective portion of any hedges, are recognized in other
expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations. In accordance with the guidance, the Company designates
foreign currency forward exchange and option contracts as cash flow hedges of certain forecasted foreign currency
denominated sales and purchase transactions.

KLA-Tencor’s foreign subsidiaries operate and sell KLA-Tencor’s products in various global markets. As a result,
KLA-Tencor is exposed to risks relating to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. KLA-Tencor utilizes foreign currency
forward exchange contracts and option contracts to hedge against future movements in foreign exchange rates that affect
certain existing and forecasted foreign currency denominated sales and purchase transactions, such as the Japanese yen, the
euro, the New Taiwan dollar and the Israeli new shekel. The Company routinely hedges its exposures to certain foreign
currencies with various financial institutions in an effort to minimize the impact of certain currency exchange rate
fluctuations. These currency forward exchange contracts and options, designated as cash flow hedges, generally have
maturities of less than 18 months. Cash flow hedges are evaluated for effectiveness monthly, based on changes in total fair
value of the derivatives. If a financial counterparty to any of the Company’s hedging arrangements experiences financial
difficulties or is otherwise unable to honor the terms of the foreign currency hedge, the Company may experience material
losses.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gains or
losses on the derivative is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) and
reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the
fair value of currency forward exchange and option contracts due to changes in time value are excluded from the assessment
of effectiveness. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded
from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

For derivative instruments that are not designated as accounting hedges, gains and losses are recognized in other expense
(income), net. The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge certain foreign currency denominated assets
or liabilities. The gains and losses on these derivatives are largely offset by the changes in the fair value of the assets or
liabilities being hedged.

In October 2014, in anticipation of the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Company entered into a series of forward
contracts (“Rate Lock Agreements”) to lock the benchmark rate on a portion of the Senior Notes. The objective of the Rate
Lock Agreements was to hedge the risk associated with the variability in interest rates due to the changes in the benchmark
rate leading up to the closing of the intended financing, on the notional amount being hedged. The Rate Lock Agreements
had a notional amount of $1.00 billion in aggregate which matured in the second quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30,
2015. The Company designated each of the Rate Lock Agreements as a qualifying hedging instrument and accounted for as
a cash flow hedge, under which the effective portion of the gain or loss on the close out of the Rate Lock Agreements was
107

initially recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity and
subsequently amortized into earnings as a component of interest expense over the term of the underlying debt. The ineffective
portion, if any, was recognized in earnings immediately. The Rate Lock Agreements were terminated on the date of pricing
of the $1.25 billion of 4.650% Senior Notes due in 2024 and the Company recorded the fair value of $7.5 million as a gain
within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2014. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017,
2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for the amortization of the
gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which amount reduced the interest expense. As of
June 30, 2017, the unamortized portion of the fair value of the forward contracts for the rate lock agreements was $5.5 million.
The cash proceeds of $7.5 million from the settlement of the Rate Lock Agreements were included in the cash flows from
operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 because the designated
hedged item was classified as interest expense in the cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of
cash flows.

In addition, in November 2014, the Company entered into a non-designated forward contract to lock the treasury rate
used to determine the redemption amount of the 2018 Senior Notes. The objective of the forward contract was to hedge the
risk associated with the variability of the redemption amount due to changes in interest rates through the redemption of the
existing 2018 Senior Notes. The forward contract had a notional amount of $750.0 million. The forward contract was
terminated in December 2014 and the resulting fair value of $1.2 million was included in the loss on extinguishment of debt
and other, net line in the consolidated statements of operations, partially offsetting the loss on redemption of the debt during
the three months ended December 31, 2014. The cash proceeds from the forward contract were included in the cash flows
from financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, partially
offsetting the cash outflows for the redemption of the 2018 Senior Notes.

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships: Foreign Exchange and Interest Rate Contracts

The locations and amounts of designated and non-designated derivative instruments’ gains and losses reported in the

consolidated financial statements for the indicated periods were as follows:

(In thousands)

Location in Financial Statements

2017

2016

Year ended June 30,

Derivatives Designated as Hedging

Instruments

Gains (losses) in accumulated OCI on

derivatives (effective portion) .......................... Accumulated OCI ...................... $

10,138 $

(9,622)

Gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated

OCI into income (effective portion):

Revenues ................................... $
Costs of revenues ......................
Interest expense .........................

Net gains (losses) reclassified
from accumulated OCI into
income (effective portion) ...... $

2,846 $
(378)
754

(2,926)
(1,551)
755

3,222 $

(3,722)

Net losses recognized in income on derivatives

(ineffective portion and amount excluded from
effectiveness testing) ....................................... Other expense (income), net ...... $

(929) $

(989)

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging

Instruments

Gains (losses) recognized in income ................... Other expense (income), net ...... $

7,318 $

(21,430)

108

The U.S. dollar equivalent of all outstanding notional amounts of hedge contracts, with maximum remaining maturities

of approximately ten months and seven months as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were as follows:

(In thousands)

Cash flow hedge contracts

As of
June 30, 2017

As of
June 30, 2016

Purchase ............................................................................................................ $
Sell .................................................................................................................... $

19,305 $
128,672 $

Other foreign currency hedge contracts

165,563 $
118,504 $

7,591
91,793

122,275
115,087

The locations and fair value amounts of the Company’s derivative instruments reported in its Consolidated Balance

Sheets as of the dates indicated below were as follows:

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

Balance Sheet
Location

As of
June 30, 2017

As of
June 30, 2016

Fair Value

Balance Sheet
Location

As of
June 30, 2017

As of
June 30, 2016

Fair Value

(In thousands)

Derivatives designated as hedging

instruments

Foreign exchange contracts ..... Other current assets $

2,198 $

342 Other current liabilities $

72 $

4,736

Total derivatives designated as

hedging instruments

Derivatives not designated as

hedging instruments

2,198

342

4,736

Foreign exchange contracts ..... Other current assets

3,733

753 Other current liabilities

1,203

6,911

Total derivatives not designated as

hedging instruments

Total derivatives

3,733

753

1,203

6,911

5,931 $

1,095

1,275 $

11,647

The following table provides the balances and changes in accumulated OCI, before taxes, related to derivative

instruments for the indicated periods:

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

Beginning balance ............................................................................................................................. $ 1,210 $
Amount reclassified to income ..........................................................................................................
Net change in unrealized gains or losses ...........................................................................................

(3,222)
10,138

7,110
3,722
(9,622)

Ending balance .................................................................................................................................. $ 8,126 $

1,210

109

Offsetting of Derivative Assets and Liabilities

KLA-Tencor presents derivatives at gross fair values in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has entered
into arrangements with each of its counterparties, which reduce credit risk by permitting net settlement of transactions with
the same counterparty under certain conditions. As of June 30, 2017 and 2016, information related to the offsetting
arrangements was as follows (in thousands):

Gross Amounts of Derivatives
Not Offset in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Gross
Amounts of
Derivatives

Gross Amounts of
Derivatives Offset in
the Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Net Amount of
Derivatives
Presented in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Financial
Instruments

Cash
Collateral
Received

Net Amount

As of June 30, 2017

Description

Derivatives –

Assets .................... $

5,931 $

— $

5,931 $

(1,275) $

— $

4,656

Derivatives –

Liabilities .............. $

(1,275) $

— $

(1,275) $

1,275 $

— $

—

Gross Amounts of Derivatives
Not Offset in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Gross
Amounts of
Derivatives

Gross Amounts of
Derivatives Offset in
the Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Net Amount of
Derivatives
Presented in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Financial
Instruments

Cash
Collateral
Received

Net Amount

As of June 30, 2016

Description

Derivatives –

Assets .................... $

1,095 $

— $

1,095 $

(843) $

— $

252

Derivatives –

Liabilities .............. $

(11,647) $

— $

(11,647) $

843 $

— $

(10,804)

NOTE 17 — SEGMENT REPORTING AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

KLA-Tencor reports one reportable segment in accordance with the provisions of the authoritative guidance for
segment reporting. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information
is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing
performance. KLA-Tencor’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company is engaged
primarily in designing, manufacturing and marketing process control and yield management solutions for the semiconductor
and related nanoelectronics industries.

All operating segments have been aggregated due to their inter-dependencies, commonality of long-term economic
characteristics, products and services, the production processes, class of customer and distribution processes. The Company’s
service products are an extension of the system product portfolio and provide customers with spare parts and fab management
services (including system preventive maintenance and optimization services) to improve yield, increase production uptime
and throughput, and lower the cost of ownership. Since the Company operates in one reportable segment, all financial segment
information required by the authoritative guidance can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s significant operations outside the United States include manufacturing facilities in China, Germany,
Israel and Singapore and sales, marketing and service offices in Japan, the rest of the Asia Pacific region and Europe. For
geographical revenue reporting, revenues are attributed to the geographic location in which the customer is located. Long-
lived assets consist of land, property and equipment, net and are attributed to the geographic region in which they are located.

110

The following is a summary of revenues by geographic region, based on ship-to location, for the indicated periods (as

a percentage of total revenues):

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

2017

2016

2015

Year ended June 30,

Revenues:

Taiwan .................................................... $ 1,104,307
688,094
Korea .......................................................
523,024
North America ........................................
412,098
China .......................................................
351,202
Japan .......................................................
263,789
Europe & Israel .......................................
137,500
Rest of Asia .............................................
Total ........................................................ $ 3,480,014

32% $
20%
14%
12%
10%
8%
4%

894,557
367,905
521,335
430,074
444,216
167,936
158,470
100% $ 2,984,493

30% $
12%
18%
14%
15%
6%
5%

691,482
405,320
815,914
162,669
426,963
194,670
117,031
100% $ 2,814,049

25%
14%
29%
6%
15%
7%
4%
100%

The following is a summary of revenues by major products for the indicated periods (as a percentage of total revenues):

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

2017

2016

2015

Year ended June 30,

Revenues:

Wafer Inspection ..................................... $ 1,601,190
917,178
Patterning ................................................
Global Service and Support (1) .................
897,794
63,852
Other .......................................................
Total ........................................................ $ 3,480,014

46% $ 1,293,922
772,045
26%
852,151
26%
66,375
2%
100% $ 2,984,493

43% $ 1,224,858
736,959
26%
790,971
29%
61,261
2%
100% $ 2,814,049

44%
26%
28%
2%
100%

__________________

(1) The Global Service and Support revenues includes service revenues as presented in the consolidated statements of

operations as well as certain product revenues, primarily revenues from the Company’s K-T Pro business.

In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, two customers accounted for approximately 23% and 16% of total revenues. In
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, two customers accounted for approximately 18% and 10% of total revenues. In the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2015, three customers accounted for approximately 15%, 12% and 11% of total revenues.

Long-lived assets by geographic region as of the dates indicated below were as follows:

(In thousands)
Long-lived assets:

As of June 30,

2017

2016

United States ............................................................................................................ $
Singapore .................................................................................................................
Israel.........................................................................................................................
Europe ......................................................................................................................
Rest of Asia ..............................................................................................................
Total ......................................................................................................................... $

191,096 $
39,118
30,182
13,300
10,279
283,975 $

182,597
41,658
30,844
13,347
9,568
278,014

111

NOTE 18 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company purchased from, or sold to, several entities,
where one or more executive officers of the Company or members of the Company’s Board of Directors, or their immediate
family members were, during the periods presented, an executive officer or a board member or a board member of a
subsidiary, including Broadcom Limited, Cisco Systems, Inc., Citrix Systems, Inc., Juniper Networks, Inc., Keysight
Technologies, Inc., MetLife, and NetApp, Inc. The following table provides the transactions with these parties for the
indicated periods (for the portion of such period that they were considered related):

(In thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2017

2016

2015

Total revenues ........................................................................................... $
Total purchases ......................................................................................... $

16 $
1,048 $

8 $
983 $

1,856
1,098

The Company’s receivable and payable balances from these parties were immaterial at June 30, 2017 and 2016.
Management believes that such transactions are at arm’s length and on similar terms as would have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties.

NOTE 19 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On August 3, 2017, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.59

per share to be paid on September 1, 2017 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on August 15, 2017.

NOTE 20 — QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the Company’s quarterly consolidated results of operations (unaudited) for the fiscal

years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

(In thousands, except per share data)

First quarter
ended
September 30, 2016

Second quarter
ended
December 31, 2016

Third quarter
ended
March 31, 2017

Fourth quarter
ended
June 30, 2017

Total revenues ........................................ $
Gross margin .......................................... $
Net income ............................................. $
Net income per share:
Basic(1) .................................................... $
Diluted(1) ................................................. $

750,673 $
472,837 $
178,101 $

876,885 $
558,378 $
238,251 $

913,809 $
570,535 $
253,562 $

1.14 $
1.13 $

1.52 $
1.52 $

1.62 $
1.61 $

938,647
590,717
256,162

1.64
1.62

(In thousands, except per share data)

First quarter
ended
September 30, 2015

Second quarter
ended
December 31, 2015

Third quarter
ended
March 31, 2016

Fourth quarter
ended
June 30, 2016

642,644 $
372,400 $
104,897 $

710,245 $
429,265 $
152,207 $

712,433 $
437,834 $
175,777 $

0.67 $
0.66 $

0.98 $
0.98 $

1.13 $
1.12 $

919,171
581,603
271,541

1.74
1.73

(1)

Basic and diluted net income per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented based on the
weighted-average basic and fully diluted shares outstanding for each quarter. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic
and diluted net income per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted net income per share.

112

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of KLA-Tencor Corporation:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of KLA-Tencor Corporation and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2017 and June 30,
2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion,
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017 based
on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial
statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal
Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our
integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing
the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control
based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary
to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use,
or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
August 4, 2017

113

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
“Exchange Act”)) (“Disclosure Controls”) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this
“Report”) required by Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b). The controls evaluation was conducted under the
supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer
(“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). Based on this evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that as of the
end of the period covered by this Report the Company’s Disclosure Controls were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Attached as exhibits to this Report are certifications of the CEO and CFO, which are required in accordance with Rule
13a-14 of the Exchange Act. This Controls and Procedures section includes the information concerning the controls
evaluation referred to in the certifications, and it should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete
understanding of the topics presented.

Definition of Disclosure Controls

Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed
in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to reasonably assure
that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company’s Disclosure Controls include components
of its internal control over financial reporting, which consists of control processes designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of its financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States. To the extent that components of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting are included within its Disclosure Controls, they are included in the scope of the Company’s annual
controls evaluation.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the
participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, the Company conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the framework in Internal
Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
was effective as of June 30, 2017.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in
Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

114

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that the Company’s Disclosure Controls or
internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed
and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further,
the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be
considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can
provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.
These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can
occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by
collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based
in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed
in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Because of the inherent
limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter
of fiscal year 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

115

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

For the information required by this Item, see “Information About the Directors and the Nominees,” “Information
About Executive Officers,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management—Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Our Corporate Governance Practices—Standards of Business Conduct; Whistleblower
Hotline and Website” and “Information About the Board of Directors and Its Committees—Audit Committee” in the Proxy
Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For the information required by this Item, see “Executive Compensation and Other Matters,” “Director Compensation”
and “Information About the Board of Directors and Its Committees—Compensation Committee—Risk Considerations in Our
Compensation Programs” in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

For the information required by this Item, see “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”

and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE

For the information required by this Item, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Information
About the Board of Directors and Its Committees —The Board of Directors” in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

For the information required by this Item, see “Proposal Two: Ratification of Appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP as Our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2018” in the Proxy
Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

116

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1. Financial Statements:

The following financial statements and schedules of the Registrant are contained in Item 8, “Financial Statements and

Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

65
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 .............................................................................
66
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ..........................
67
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ......
68
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 ..........
69
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 .........................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................................................................................
70
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ............................................................................................ 113

2. Financial Statement Schedule:

The following financial statement schedule of the Registrant is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and

should be read in conjunction with the financial statements:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts .......................................................................................................... 120

All other schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information is shown in the

Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Exhibit Index following Schedule II included in this Annual

Report.

117

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

August 4, 2017
(Date)

KLA-Tencor Corporation

By:

/S/ RICHARD P. WALLACE

Richard P. Wallace

President and Chief Executive Officer

118

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ RICHARD P. WALLACE

Richard P. Wallace

President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director (principal executive officer)

August 4, 2017

/s/ BREN D. HIGGINS

Bren D. Higgins

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (principal financial officer)

August 4, 2017

/s/ VIRENDRA A. KIRLOSKAR

Virendra A. Kirloskar

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting
Officer (principal accounting officer)

August 4, 2017

/s/ EDWARD W. BARNHOLT

Edward W. Barnholt

/s/ ROBERT M. CALDERONI

Robert M. Calderoni

/s/ JOHN T. DICKSON

John T. Dickson

/s/ EMIKO HIGASHI

Emiko Higashi

/s/ KEVIN J. KENNEDY

Kevin J. Kennedy

/s/ GARY B. MOORE

Gary B. Moore

/s/ KIRAN M. PATEL

Kiran M. Patel

/s/ ROBERT A. RANGO

Robert A. Rango

/s/ DAVID C. WANG

David C. Wang

Chairman of the Board and Director

August 4, 2017

Director

119

SCHEDULE II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In thousands)

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015:

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Charged to
Expense

Deductions/
Adjustments

Balance
at End
of Period

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts ................ $
Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets .............. $

21,827 $
76,328 $

— $
— $

(164) $
15,022 $

21,663
91,350

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2016:

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts ................ $
Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets .............. $

21,663 $
91,350 $

— $
1,763 $

9 $
11,855 $

21,672
104,968

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2017:

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts ................ $
Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets .............. $

21,672 $
104,968 $

— $
— $

(36) $
15,740 $

21,636
120,708

120

KLA-TENCOR CORPORATION
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
2.1

Exhibit Description
Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization, dated as of October 20, 2015, by
and among Lam Research Corporation, Topeka
Merger Sub 1, Inc., Topeka Merger sub 2, Inc.
and KLA-Tencor Corporation
Termination Agreement with Lam Research
Corporation
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Certificate of Amendment to Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company effective as of November 8, 2012
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
effective as of May 7, 2015
Indenture dated November 6, 2014 between
KLA-Tencor Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee
Form of Officer’s Certificate setting forth the
terms of the Notes (with form of Notes attached)
2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and
restated (as of August 7, 2014))*

Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units*

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award
Notification (Performance-Vesting) (approved
August 2014)*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award
Notification (Service-Vesting) (approved August
2012)*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award
Notification (Service-Vesting; 25% Annual
Vesting) (approved August 2014)*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award
Notification (Service-Vesting; 50% Vesting Year
Two, 50% Vesting Year Four) (approved August
2014)*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for
U.S. Employees (with Dividend Equivalents)
(approved August 2014)*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for
Non-U.S. Employees (with Dividend
Equivalents) (approved August 2014)*
KLA-Tencor Corporation Performance Bonus
Plan*

Fiscal Year 2015 Executive Incentive Plan*+
Fiscal Year 2016 Executive Incentive Plan*+
Executive Deferred Savings Plan (as amended
and restated effective November 7, 2012)*

2.2

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4.1

4.2

10.1

10.2
10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10
10.11
10.12

Incorporated by Reference

Form
8-K

File No.
No. 000-09992

Exhibit
Number
2.1

Filing Date
October 21, 2015

8-K

No. 000-09992

10-Q

No. 000-09992

10-Q

No. 000-09992

8-K

No. 000-09992

8-K

No. 000-09992

8-K

No. 000-09992

2.1

3.1

4.1

October 6, 2016

May 14, 1997

February 14, 2001

November 13, 2012

May 8, 2015

November 7, 2014

8-K

No. 000-09992

4.2

November 7, 2014

8-K

No. 000-09992

10.45

August 12, 2014

10-Q
8-K

No. 000-09992
No. 000-09992

10.18
10.49

May 4, 2006
August 12, 2014

8-K

No. 000-09992

10.1

August 2, 2012

8-K

No. 000-09992

10.50

August 12, 2014

8-K

No. 000-09992

10.51

August 12, 2014

8-K

No. 000-09992

10.46

August 12, 2014

8-K

No. 000-09992

10.48

August 12, 2014

DEF 14A

No. 000-09992

App. B

September 26, 2013

10-Q
10-Q
10-Q

No. 000-09992
No. 000-09992
No. 000-09992

10.53
10.44
10.42

October 24, 2014
October 22, 2015
January 25, 2013

121

Exhibit
Number
10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17
12.1

21.1
23.1

31.1

31.2

Exhibit Description

Credit Agreement dated November 14, 2014
among KLA-Tencor Corporation, the lenders
party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
as administrative agent
Fiscal year 2017 6-Month Executive Incentive
Plan*+
Amended and Restated Executive Severance
Plan*
Amended and Restated 2010 Executive
Severance Plan

Incorporated by Reference

Form
8-K

File No.
No. 000-09992

Exhibit
Number
10.54

Filing Date
November 17, 2014

10-Q

No. 000-09992

10.1

October 20, 2016

8-K

No. 000-09992

10.1

October 20, 2016

10-Q

No. 000-09992

10.45

October 22, 2015

Calendar Year 2017 Executive Incentive Plan*+

10-Q

No. 000-09992

10.1

April 28, 2017

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
Charges

List of Subsidiaries

Consent of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
Certification of Chief Executive Officer under
Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934
Certification of Chief Financial Officer under
Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350

99.1

Risks related to the Merger with Lam Research

101.INS XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation
Linkbase Document

__________________

Denotes a management contract, plan or arrangement.

Confidential treatment has been requested as to a portion of this exhibit.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

122

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
(as of September 21, 2017)

Edward W. Barnholt Chairman of
the Board, KLA-Tencor
Corporation

Richard P. Wallace
President and Chief Executive
Officer, KLA-Tencor Corporation

Former Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Agilent Technologies, Inc.

Robert M. Calderoni
Executive Chairman, Citrix
Systems, Inc.

John T. Dickson
Former President and Chief
Executive Officer, Agere Systems,
Inc.

David C. Wang
Former President, Boeing-China,
and Former Vice President of
International Relations, The
Boeing Company

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
(as of September 21, 2017)

Richard P. Wallace
President and Chief Executive
Officer

Emiko Higashi
Managing Director and Founder,
Tomon Partners, LLC

Bren D. Higgins
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Kevin J. Kennedy
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Avaya Inc.

Gary B. Moore
Former President and Chief
Operating Officer,
Cisco Systems, Inc.

Kiran M. Patel
Former Executive Vice President
and General Manager, Small
Business Group, Intuit Inc.

Robert A. Rango
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Enevate Corporation

Bobby R. Bell
Chief Strategy Officer

Ahmad A. Khan
Executive Vice President, Global
Products Group

Teri A. Little
Executive Vice President, Chief
Legal Officer and Corporate
Secretary

Brian M. Trafas, Ph.D.
Senior Vice President,
Global Customer Organization

Virendra A. Kirloskar
Senior Vice President and Chief
Accounting Officer

Brian W. Lorig
Senior Vice President Global
Support and Services

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
One Technology Drive
Milpitas, California 95035
408.875.3000
www.kla-tencor.com

GLOBAL OFFICES
KLA-Tencor has offices around
the globe. For a complete list of
locations, go to: http://www.kla-
tencor.com/company/ offices-
maps.html

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California

TRANSFER AGENT/REGISTRAR

Computershare
Boston, Massachusetts

STOCK SYMBOL
Common Stock traded on the
NASDAQ Global Select Market
under the symbol KLAC

Additional copies of this report
may be obtained at www.kla-
tencor.com,
by calling 408.875.3000, or by
writing to: KLA-Tencor
Corporation
Attn: Investor Relations
One Technology Drive
Milpitas, California 95035

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS: Except for historical statements, the letter to our
stockholders in this report contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such forward-looking statements may
include, among others, statements regarding our future prospects, financial results and results of our operations.

Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements in the letter included
in this report due to various factors, including those set forth in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2017. Investors are cautioned to consult KLA-Tencor’s filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”) for further information regarding, and other risks related to, our business. These documents are
available at the SEC website: www.sec.gov. We expressly assume no obligation to update the forward-looking
statements in the letter to our stockholders in this report.